NORTHFIELD BANCORP INC
S-8, 1998-10-01
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: IDACORP INC, U-3A-2, 1998-10-01
Next: DTI HOLDINGS INC, 10-K, 1998-10-01



<PAGE>
 
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 1998
                                         Registration No. 333-________
_______________________________________________________________________________
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
                    _______________________________________
                                    FORM S-8
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                    _______________________________________

                            NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

           MARYLAND                                  REQUESTED 
- -------------------------------                 -------------------  
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                  (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)                  Identification No.)

                               8005 HARFORD ROAD
                           BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21234
                 ----------------------------------------------
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)
                                        
                           NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS
                   401(K) EMPLOYEES SAVINGS & INVESTMENT PLAN
                   ------------------------------------------
                            (Full Title of the Plan)

                          G. RONALD JOBSON, PRESIDENT
                          AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
                               8005 HARFORD ROAD
                           BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21234
                    ---------------------------------------
                    (Name and Address of Agent For Service)

                                 (410) 665-7900
         -------------------------------------------------------------
         (Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

                                   COPIES TO:
                            J. MARK POERIO, ESQUIRE
                           HOWARD S. PARRIS, ESQUIRE
                     HOUSLEY KANTARIAN AND BRONSTEIN, P.C.
                       1220 19TH STREET, N.W., SUITE 700
                            WASHINGTON, D.C.  20036
                                 (202) 822-9611


                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================
        Title Of           Proposed Maximum   Proposed Maximum        Amount Of
    Securities To Be         Amount To Be      Offering Price    Aggregate Offering   Registration
     Registered  (1)        Registered (2)      Per Share (3)         Price (4)           Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                <C>                <C>                  <C>
      Common Stock,
      $0.01 par value         50,000             $10.00               $500,000             $147.50
        per share
==================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, this
     registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests
     available pursuant to the Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Employees
     Savings & Investment Plan (the "Plan"), as described herein.
(2)  Estimates the maximum number of shares expected to be issued under the Plan
     assuming that all employer and employee contributions to the Plan are used
     to purchase shares of Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. in the
<PAGE>
 
     conversion of Northfield Federal Savings from mutual to stock form
     ("Conversion"), together with an indeterminate number of shares which may
     be necessary to adjust the number of additional shares of Common Stock
     reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan and being registered herein, as
     the result of a stock split, stock dividend, reclassification,
     recapitalization or similar adjustment(s) of the Common Stock of Northfield
     Bancorp, Inc.
(3)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee and
     calculated pursuant to Rule 457(c) based on maximum subscription price of
     $10.00 per share of the Common Stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., as
     currently offered in the Conversion.
(4)  Estimated based on (2) and (3) above.

  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE AUTOMATICALLY UPON THE DATE
OF FILING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                     PART I

              INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION 10(A) PROSPECTUS

ITEM 1.  PLAN INFORMATION*
- ------                    

ITEM 2.  REGISTRANT INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE PLAN ANNUAL INFORMATION*
- ------                                                               

  *This Registration Statement relates to the registration of 50,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.  (the
"Company") reserved for issuance and delivery under the Northfield Federal
Savings 401(k) Employees Savings & Investment Plan (the "Plan").  Documents
containing the information required by Part I of this Registration Statement
will be sent or given to participants in the Plan as specified by Rule
428(b)(1). Such documents are not filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") either as part of this Registration Statement or
as prospectuses or prospectus supplements pursuant to Rule 424, in reliance on
Rule 428.

                                    PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
- ------                                                  

  The Company will become subject to the informational requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") in November 1998 and,
accordingly, will be filing periodic reports and other information with the
Commission.  Reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the
Company filed with the Commission may be inspected and copies may be obtained
(at prescribed rates) at the Commission's Public Reference Section, Room 1024,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.

  The following document filed by the Company is incorporated in this
Registration Statement by reference: the Prospectus for the Common Stock,
included in the Company's Registration Statement (Commission File No. 333-
48615).

  ALL DOCUMENTS FILED BY THE COMPANY AND THE PLAN PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13(A),
13(C), 14, AND 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED, AFTER
THE DATE HEREOF AND PRIOR TO THE FILING OF A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT WHICH
INDICATES THAT ALL SECURITIES OFFERED HAVE BEEN SOLD OR WHICH DEREGISTERS ALL
SECURITIES THEN REMAINING UNSOLD SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND TO BE A PART HEREOF FROM THE DATE OF FILING
OF SUCH DOCUMENTS.

ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
- ------                            

  The information required by Item 202 of Regulation S-B is set forth in the
description of the Common Stock included in the Prospectus for the Common Stock
(dated September 22, 1998), as incorporated by reference under Item 3 hereof,
such description being incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 5.  INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
- ------                                        

  Not applicable.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
- ------                                                           

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Article XVII of the Company's Articles of Incorporation sets forth
circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the
Company may be indemnified against liability which they may incur in their
capacities, as follows:

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XVII

                                INDEMNIFICATION

     A.   The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permissible
under the Maryland General Corporation Law, any individual who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, and any individual who
serves or served at the Corporation's request as a director, officer, partner,
trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, in any proceeding in which the
individual is made a party as a result of his service in such capacity.

     B.   (1)  Reasonable expenses incurred by any person identified in
paragraph A of this Article XVII who is a party to a proceeding will be paid or
reimbursed by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of the
proceeding upon receipt by the Corporation of:  (i) a written affirmation by
such person of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for
indemnification by the Corporation as authorized in this Article XVII has been
met; and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay the
amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not
been met.

          (2) The undertaking required by subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (1) of
this subsection shall be an unlimited general obligation of such person but need
not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to
make the repayment.

     C.   Nonexclusive.  The indemnification and advance payment of expenses
          ------------                                                      
provided by paragraphs A and B shall not be exclusive of any other rights to
which a person may be entitled by law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.

     D.   Continuation.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses
          ------------                                                  
provided by this Article XVII shall be deemed to be a contract between the
Corporation and the persons entitled to indemnification thereunder, and any
repeal or modification of this Article XVII shall not affect any rights or
obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore
existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought
based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.  The indemnification and
advance payment provided by paragraphs A and B shall continue as to a person who
has ceased to hold a position named in paragraph A and shall inure to his heirs,
executors and administrators.

     E.   Insurance.  The Corporation shall purchase and maintain insurance on
          ---------                                                           
behalf of any person who holds or who has held any position named in paragraph
A, against any liability incurred by him in any such position, or arising out of
his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify
him against such liability under paragraphs A and B.

     F.   Intention and Savings Clause.  It is the intention of this Article
          ----------------------------                                      
XVII to provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the
General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland, and this Article XVII shall be
interpreted accordingly.  If this Article XVII or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the
Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and
agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges, and expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect
to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or
investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the
full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article XVII that shall
not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.
If the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland is amended, or other
Maryland law is enacted, to permit further or additional indemnification of the
persons defined in this Article XVII.A, then the indemnification of such persons
shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the
State of Maryland, as so amended, or such other Maryland law.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders
of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a
director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

     In addition, Article XVI of the Company's Articles of Incorporation sets
forth the limits of a director's liability to the Company or its stockholders as
follows:

                                  ARTICLE XVI

                LIMITATION OF OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

     An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to
the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (i) to the extent
that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or
profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in
money, property or services actually received; (ii) to the extent that a
judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a
proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person's action, or
failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was
material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (iii) to the
extent otherwise required by Maryland law.  If Maryland law is amended or
enacted after the date of filing of these Articles to further eliminate or limit
the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers
and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by Maryland law, as so amended.  Any repeal or modification of
the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

     Pursuant to its Charter and Maryland law, the Company is permitted to
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a
director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company.  Northfield Federal
currently maintains such a policy and it is intended that the Company will
become a party to such policy.

ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED
- ------                                      

         Not applicable.

ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS
- ------           

         The exhibits schedules filed as part of this registration statement are
         as follows:

         4.1  Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Employees Savings & Investment
              Plan and Adoption Agreement (the "Plan")

         4.2  Summary Plan Description of the Plan
 
         4.3  Forms of Investment Election to be made available to Plan
              Participants with respect to the investment of their accounts
              under the Plan

         5.1  Opinion of Housley Kantarian & Bronstein, P.C. as to the legality
              of the Common Stock being registered

         5.2  Favorable Determination Letters from the Internal Revenue Service
              dated May 9, 1991 and April 19, 1993, regarding the tax-
              qualification of the Plan documents

        23.1  Consent of Housley Kantarian & Bronstein, P.C. (appears in their
              opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)

        23.2  Consent of Anderson Associates LLP

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
        24    Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this
              Registration Statement)

        99.1  Copy of the Plan's most recent Annual Report, as filed with the
              Internal Revenue Service on Form 5500

ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS
- ------               

1.   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (a)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement --

          (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act of 1933;

            (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
          the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
          post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
          aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in the registration statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
          increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
          dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
          registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the
          estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
          prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in
          the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than
          20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
          the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
          registration statement;

            (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan
          of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
          or any material change to such information in the registration
          statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) do not apply if the
registration statement is on Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form F-3, and the information
required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is
contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the
registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

     (b)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933,  each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.

     (c)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

     (d)  If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-
effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial
statements required by Rule 3-19 of this chapter at the start of any delayed
offering or throughout a continuous offering.  Financial statements and
information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be
furnished, provided, that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of
a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this
paragraph  and other information necessary to ensure that all other information
in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial
statements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration
statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include
financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or
Rule 3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are
contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the
registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  2. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

  3. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to be
delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or
given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by
reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the
requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by
Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or
cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given,
the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in
the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

  4. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Baltimore, State of Maryland, on September 23, 1998.

                                    NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.


                                    By: /s/ G. Ronald Jobson
                                        --------------------------------
                                        G. Ronald Jobson, President
                                        (Duly Authorized Representative)


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     We, the undersigned Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., hereby severally
constitute and appoint G. Ronald Jobson, who may act, with full power of
substitution, our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things
in our names in the capacities indicated below which said G. Ronald Jobson who
may act, may deem necessary or advisable to enable Northfield Bancorp, Inc. to
comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations
and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with
the registration of  Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock, including
specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our
names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement and any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby
ratify and confirm all that said G. Ronald Jobson shall do or cause to be done
by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signatures                     Title                                       Date
- ----------                     -----                                       ----
<S>                            <C>                                         <C>
/s/ G. Ronald Jobson                     President and Director            September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
G. Ronald Jobson                      (Principal Executive Officer)
 
/s/ John P. Sabol, Jr.         Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
John P. Sabol, Jr.            (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
 
/s/ Gary R. Bozel                        Chairman of the Board             September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
Gary R. Bozel
 
/s/ J. Thomas Hoffman                           Director                   September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
J. Thomas Hoffman                                        
 
/s/ E. Thomas Lawrence, Jr.                     Director                   September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
E. Thomas Lawrence, Jr.
 
/s/ David G. Rittenhouse                        Director                   September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
David G. Rittenhouse
 
/s/ William R. Rush                             Director                   September 23, 1998
- -----------------------------
William R. Rush
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
trustees of the Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Employees Savings & Investment
Plan have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed in the City of
Baltimore, State of Maryland, on September, 1998.


                        G. Ronald Jobson, as Trustee of the
                        Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Employees
                        Savings & Investment Plan
 


                        By:/s/ G. Ronald Jobson
                        ----------------------------------------
 

                        David G. Rittenhouse, as Trustee of the Northfield
                        Federal Savings 401(k) Employees Savings &
                        Investment Plan


 
                        By:/s/ David G. Rittenhouse
                           -----------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


 
  Exhibit  Description
  -------  -----------

  4.1      Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Employees Savings & Investment Plan
           and Adoption Agreement (the "Plan")

  4.2      Summary Plan Description of the Plan
 
  4.3      Forms of Investment Election to be made available to Plan
           Participants with respect to the investment of their accounts under
           the Plan

  5.1      Opinion of Housley Kantarian & Bronstein, P.C. as to the legality of
           the Common Stock being registered

  5.2      Favorable Determination Letters from the Internal Revenue Service
           dated May 9, 1991 and April 19, 1993, regarding the tax-qualification
           of the Plan documents

  23.1     Consent of Housley Kantarian & Bronstein, P.C. (appears in their
           opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)

  23.2     Consent of Anderson Associates, LLP

  24       Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this
           Registration Statement)

  99.1     Copy of the Plan's most recent Annual Report, as filed with the
           Internal Revenue Service on Form 5500

<PAGE>
 
================================================================================









                        COASTAL PENSION SERVICES, INC.
                    REGIONAL PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
                                PLAN AND TRUST












================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                         COASTAL PENSION SERVICES, INC.
                    REGIONAL PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
                                 PLAN AND TRUST






/(C)/1990 Coastal Pension Services, Inc.
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>     <C>                                                              <C>
                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS


                                  ARTICLE II
                    TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION
 
2.1     TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS..................................... 12
                                                                        
2.2     DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS............................... 12
                                                                        
2.3     POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER..................... 15
                                                                        
2.4     DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY......................... 15
                                                                        
2.5     ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES................... 15
                                                                        
2.6     POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR.......................... 16
                                                                        
2.7     RECORDS AND REPORTS............................................. 17
                                                                        
2.8     APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS......................................... 17
                                                                        
2.9     INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER....................................... 17
                                                                        
2.10    PAYMENT OF EXPENSES............................................. 17
                                                                        
2.11    MAJORITY ACTIONS................................................ 17
                                                                        
2.12    CLAIMS PROCEDURE................................................ 17
                                                                        
2.13    CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE......................................... 18
                                                                        
                                  ARTICLE 111                           
                                  ELIGIBILITY                           
                                                                        
3.1     CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY....................................... 18
                                                                        
3.2     EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION................................. 18
                                       
3.3     DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY.................................... 19
                                                                        
3.4     TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY...................................... 19
                                                                        
3.5     OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE................................... 19
                                                                        
3.6     INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE................................ 19
                                                                        
3.7     ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE..................................... 19
                                                                        
3.8     CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE........................... 19
</TABLE>                                                                
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>                                                                 
<CAPTION>                                                               
                                  ARTICLE IV                            
                          CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION                   
<S>     <C>                                                              <C>
4.1     FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION................. 20
                                                                        
4.2     TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION...................... 21
                                                                        
4.3     ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS............ 21
                                                                        
4.4     MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS........................................ 26
                                                                        
4.5     ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS....................... 32
                                                                        
4.6     TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS.................................. 32
                                                                        
4.7     VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS......................................... 33
                                                                        
4.8     DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT..................................... 34
                                                                        
4.9     QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS...................... 34
                                                                        
4.10    ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS............................ 35
                                                                        
4.11    INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN............................... 35
                                                                        
                                   ARTICLE V                            
                                  VALUATIONS                            
                                                                        
5.1     VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND..................................... 35
                                                                        
5.2     METHOD OF VALUATION............................................. 35
                                                                        
                                  ARTICLE VI                            
                  DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS            
                                                                        
6.1     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT....................... 36
                                                                        
6.2     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH............................ 36
                                                                        
6.3     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY................ 37
                                                                        
6.4     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION...................... 37
                                                                        
6.5     DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS........................................ 40
                                                                        
6.6     DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH............................. 44
                                                                        
6.7     TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION............................. 47
                                                                        
6.8     DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY.............................. 47
                                                                        
6.9     LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN.................. 47
</TABLE>                                                                
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>                                                                 
<CAPTION>                                                               
<S>     <C>                                                              <C>
6.10    PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION..................................... 48
                                                                        
6.11    ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP............................... 48
                                                                        
6.12    LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS....................... 48
                                                                        
6.13    SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS.............................. 49
                                                                        
                                  ARTICLE VII                           
                                    TRUSTEE                             
                                                                        
7.1     BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE........................... 49
                                                                        
7.2     INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE..................... 49
                                                                        
7.3     OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE..................................... 51
                                                                        
7.4     LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS........................................... 53
                                                                        
7.5     DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS........................ 54
                                                                        
7.6     TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES................... 55
                                                                        
7.7     ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE.................................... 55
                                                                        
7.8     AUDIT........................................................... 55
                                                                        
7.9     RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE.................. 56
                                                                        
7.10    TRANSFER OF INTEREST............................................ 57
                                                                        
7.11    TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION......................................... 57
                                                                        
7.12    EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY........................... 57
                                                                        
                                 ARTICLE VIII                           
                      AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS               
                                                                        
8.1     AMENDMENT....................................................... 57
                                                                        
8.2     TERMINATION..................................................... 58
                                                                        
8.3     MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION......................................... 58
                                                                        
                                  ARTICLE IX                            
                                 MISCELLANEOUS                          
                                                                        
9.1     EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS.............................................. 58
                                                                        
9.2     PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS............................................ 59
                                                                        
9.3     ALIENATION...................................................... 59
                                                                        
9.4     CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN............................................ 59
</TABLE>                                                                
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>                                                                 
<CAPTION>                                                               
<S>     <C>                                                              <C>
9.5     GENDER AND NUMBER............................................... 60
                                                                        
9.6     LEGAL ACTION.................................................... 60
                                                                        
9.7     PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS.......................... 60
                                                                        
9.8     BONDING......................................................... 60
                                                                        
9.9     EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE...................... 60
                                                                        
9.10    INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE..................................... 61
                                                                        
9.11    RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS................................ 61
                                                                        
9.12    ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER.......................................... 61
                                                                        
9.13    NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY.............. 61
                                                                        
9.14    HEADINGS........................................................ 61
                                                                        
9.15    APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE............................ 62
                                                                        
9.16    UNIFORMITY...................................................... 62
                                                                        
9.17    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS............................................. 62
                                                                        
                                   ARTICLE X                            
                            PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS                     
                                                                        
10.1    ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER..................... 62
                                                                        
10.2    REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS......................... 62
                                                                        
10.3    DESIGNATION OF AGENT............................................ 63
                                                                        
10.4    EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS.............................................. 63
                                                                        
10.5    PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES........... 63
                                                                        
10.6    AMENDMENT....................................................... 63
                                                                        
10.7    DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION................................. 64
                                                                        
10.8    ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY....................................... 64
                                                                        
10.9    PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE............... 64
</TABLE>                                                                
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>                                                                 
<CAPTION>                                                               
                                  ARTICLE XI                            
                          CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS                   
<S>     <C>                                                              <C>
11.1    FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION................. 64
                                                                        
11.2    PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION......................... 65
                                                                        
11.3    ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS............ 68
                                                                        
11.4    ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS................................ 70
                                                                        
11.5    ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS.................. 72
                                                                        
11.6    ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS............................ 74
                                                                        
11.7    ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS.............. 77
                                                                        
11.8    ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP............................... 79
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the
meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the
context:

     1.1 "ACT" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it
may be amended from time to time.

     1.2 "ADMINISTRATOR" means the person(s) or entity designated by the
Employer pursuant to Section 2.4 to administer the Plan on behalf of the
Employer.

     1.3 "ADOPTION AGREEMENT" means the separate Agreement which is executed by
the Employer and accepted by the Trustee which sets forth the elective
provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

     1.4 "AFFILIATED EMPLOYER" means the Employer and any corporation which is a
member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b))
which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the
Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the
Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer
pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

     1.5 "AGGREGATE ACCOUNT" means with respect to each Participant, the value
of all accounts maintained on behalf of a Participant, whether attributable to
Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2.

     1.6 "ANNIVERSARY DATE" means the anniversary date specified in C3 of the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.7 "BENEFICIARY" means the person to whom a share of a deceased
Participant's interest in the Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions of
Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

     1.8 "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced
from time to time.

     1.9 "COMPENSATION" with respect to any Participant means such Participant's
compensation as specified by the Employer in E1 of the Adoption Agreement that
is paid during the applicable period. Compensation for any Self-Employed
Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

     In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation for all
Plan purposes shall also include compensation which is not currently includible
in the Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

     Compensation in excess of $200,000 shall be disregarded. Such amount shall
be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as permitted under Code Section
415(d). In applying this limitation, the family group of a Highly Compensated
Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation rules of Code
Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is either a "five percent owner" of
the Employer or one of the ten

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
(10) Highly Compensated Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during
the year, shall be treated as a single Participant, except that for this purpose
Family Members shall include only the affected Participant's spouse and any
lineal descendants who have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of
the year. If, as a result of the application of such rules, the adjusted
$200,000 limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the
portion of Compensation up to the integration level if this plan is integrated),
the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to
each such individual's Compensation as determined under this Section prior to
the application of this limitation.

     For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit
(without regard to Family Member aggregation) shall apply only for Top Heavy
Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

     1.10 "CONTRACT" OR "POLICY" means any life insurance policy, retirement
income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual) issued by the Insurer.
In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any
insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

     1.11 DEFERRED COMPENSATION" means, with respect to any Participant, that
portion of the Participant's total Compensation which has been contributed to
the Plan in accordance with the Participant's deferral election pursuant to
Section 11.2.

     1.12 "EARLY RETIREMENT DATE" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement on which a Participant or Former Participant has satisfied the age and
service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement Age).
A Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying this requirement if
still employed at his Early Retirement Age.

     A Former Participant who terminates employment after satisfying the service
requirement for Early Retirement and who thereafter reaches the age requirement
contained herein shall be entitled to receive his benefits under this Plan.

     1.13 "EARNED INCOME" means with respect to a Self-Employed Individual, the
net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which
the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual are a
material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard
to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such
items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified
Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined with
regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code Section 164(f).

     1.14 "ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION" means the Employer's contributions to the Plan
that are made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election pursuant to
Section 11.2. In addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, the
Employer's matching contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) shall be
considered an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan. Elective
Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.2(b) and
11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination requirements
of Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(3), the provisions of which are specifically
incorporated herein by reference.

     1.15 "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means any Employee specified in D1 of the Adoption
Agreement.

     1.16 "EMPLOYEE" means any person who is employed by the Employer, but
excludes any person who is employed as an independent contractor. The term
Employee shall also include Leased Employees as provided in Code Section 414(n)
or (o).

     Except as provided in the Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement, all
Employees of all entities which are an Affiliated Employer will be treated as
employed by a single employer.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     1.17 "EMPLOYER" means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, any
Participating Employer (as defined in Section 10.1) which shall adopt this Plan,
any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has
maintained this Plan.

     1.18 "EXCESS COMPENSATION" means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated
with Social Security, a Participant's Compensation which is in excess of the
amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.19 "EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS" means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess
of Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made on
behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan Year over the maximum
amount of such contributions permitted under Section 11.4(a).

     1.20 "EXCESS DEFERRED COMPENSATION" means, with respect to any taxable year
of a Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's
Deferred Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the
dollar limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is incorporated
herein by reference.

     1.21 "FAMILY MEMBER" means, with respect to an affected Participant, such
Participant's spouse, and such Participant's lineal descendants and ascendants
and their spouses, all as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

     1.22 "FIDUCIARY" means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary
authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or
exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its
assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or
discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including, but
not limited to, the Trustee, the Employer and its representative body, and the
Administrator.

     1.23 "FISCAL YEAR" means the Employer's accounting year as specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.24 "FORFEITURE" means that portion of a Participant's Account that is not
Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

          (a) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of a Participant's
Account, or

          (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five
     (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

     Furthermore, for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case of a
Terminated Participant whose Vested benefit is zero, such Terminated Participant
shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his Vested benefit upon his
termination of employment. In addition, the term Forfeiture shall also include
amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

     1.25 "FORMER PARTICIPANT" means a person who has been a Participant, but
who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

     1.26 "414(S) COMPENSATION" with respect to any Employee means his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9. However, for purposes of this Section,
Compensation shall be Compensation paid and shall be determined by including, in
the case of a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, any items that are excluded
from Compensation pursuant to the Adoption Agreement. The amount of "414(s)
Compensation" with respect to any Employee shall include "414(s) Compensation"
during the entire twelve (12) month period ending on

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
the last day of such Plan Year, except that for Plan Years beginning prior to
the later of January 1, 1992, or the date that is sixty (60) days after date
final Regulations are issued, "414(s) Compensation" shall only be recognized as
of an Employee's effective date of participation.

     In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, "414(s) Compensation"
shall also include compensation which is not currently includible in the
Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections 125,
402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), plus Elective Contributions attributable to
Deferred Compensation recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
pursuant to 11.5(a).

     1.27 "415 COMPENSATION" means compensation as defined in Section 4.4(f)(2).

     1.28 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" means an Employee described in Code
Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder and generally means an Employee
who performed services for the Employer during the "determination year" and is
in one or more of the following groups:

          (a) Employees who at any time during the "determination year" or
     "look-back year" were "five percent owners" as defined in Section 1.35(c).

          (b) Employees who received "415 Compensation" during the "look-back
     year" from the Employer in excess of $75,000.

          (c) Employees who received "415 Compensation" during the "look-back
     year" from the Employer in excess of $50,000 and were in the Top Paid Group
     of Employees for the Plan Year.

          (d) Employees who during the "look-back year" were officers of the
     Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations
     under Code Section 416) and received "415 Compensation" during the "look-
     back year" from the Employer greater than 50 percent of the limit in effect
     under Code Section 415(b)(l)(A) for any such Plan Year. The number of
     officers shall be limited to the lesser of (i) 50 employees; or (ii) the
     greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of all employees. If the Employer does
     not have at least one officer whose annual "415 Compensation" is in excess
     of 50 percent of the Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) limit, then the highest paid
     officer of the Employer will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

          (e) Employees who are in the group consisting of the 100 Employees
     paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the "determination year" and
     are also described in (b), (c) or (d) above when these paragraphs are
     modified to substitute "determination year" for "look-back year".

     The "determination year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing is being
     performed, and the "look-back year" shall be the immediately preceding
     twelve-month period. However, if the Plan Year is a calendar year, or if
     another Plan of the Employer so provides, then the "look-back year" shall
     be the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for which testing
     is being performed, and the "determination year" (if applicable) shall be
     the period of time, if any, which extends beyond the "look-back year" and
     ends on the last day of the Plan Year for which testing is being performed
     (the "lag period"). With respect to this election, it shall be applied on a
     uniform and consistent basis to all plans, entities, and arrangements of
     the Employer.

     For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation" shall
     be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
     Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
     made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).
     Additionally, the dollar

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     threshold amounts specified in (b) and (c) above shall be adjusted at such
     time and in such manner as is provided in Regulations. In the case of such
     an adjustment, the dollar limits which shall be applied are those for the
     calendar year in which the "determination year" or "look back year" begins.

     In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are non-
     resident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning of
     Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer constituting United States source
     income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as
     Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into
     account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of
     Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless
     such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section
     414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the
     Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be
     applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer's
     retirement plans. In addition, Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be
     treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they
     performed services during the "determination year".

     1.29 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED FORMER EMPLOYEE" means a former Employee who had a
separation year prior to the "determination year" and was a Highly Compensated
Employee in the year of separation from service or in any "determination year"
after attaining age 55. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who separated
from service prior to 1987 will be treated as a Highly Compensated Former
Employee only if during the separation year (or year preceding the separation
year) or any year after the Employee attains age 55 (or the last year ending
before the Employee's 55th birthday), the Employee either received "415
Compensation" in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent owner". For purposes
of this Section, "determination year", "415 Compensation" and "five percent
owner" shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.28. Highly Compensated
Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees. The method
set forth in this Section for determining who is a Highly Compensated Former
Employee" shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes
for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

     1.30 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT" means any Highly Compensated Employee
who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

     1.31 "HOUR OF SERVICE" means (1) each hour for which an Employee is
directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer
for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period; (2) each
hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to
compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the employment
relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such
as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury duty, disability, lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period; (3) each hour for
which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard to
mitigation of damages. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both
under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

     Notwithstanding the above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are
required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous
period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an Employee is
directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period
during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the
Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the
purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation, or unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not
required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     For purposes of this Section, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or
due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from
the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or
insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of
whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity
are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of
Employees in the aggregate.

     An Hour of Service must be counted for the purpose of determining a Year of
Service, a year of participation for purposes of accrued benefits, a 1-Year
Break in Service, and employment commencement date (or reemployment commencement
date). The provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c)
are incorporated herein by reference.

     Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated
Employers and for any individual considered to be a Leased Employee pursuant to
Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

     Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected in
the Adoption Agreement.

     1.32 "INSURER" means any legal reserve insurance company which shall issue
one or more policies under the Plan.

     1.33 "INVESTMENT MANAGER" means an entity that (a) has the power to manage,
acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and (b) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility
to the Plan in writing. Such entity must be a person, firm, or corporation
registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a
bank, or an insurance company.

     1.34 "JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY" means an annuity for the life of a
Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's spouse
which is not less than 1/2, nor greater than the amount of the annuity payable
during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant's spouse. The
Joint and Survivor Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be purchased
with the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan.

     1.35 "KEY EMPLOYEE" means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) and
the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or former Employee (as well
as each of his Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if he, at any time
during the Plan Year that contains the "Determination Date" or any of the
preceding four (4) Plan Years, has been included in one of the following
categories:

          (a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the
     meaning of the Regulations under Code Section 416) having annual "415
     Compensation" greater than 50 percent of the amount in effect under Code
     Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

          (b) one of the ten employees having annual "415 Compensation" from the
     Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in effect under
     Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year
     ends and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section
     318) both more than one-half percent interest and the largest interests in
     the Employer.

          (c) a "five percent owner" of the Employer.  "Five percent owner"
     means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
     Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of
     the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total
     combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
     unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of
     the capital or profits interest in the

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that
     would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o)
     shall be treated as separate employers.

          (d) a "one percent owner" of the Employer having an annual "415
     Compensation" from the Employer of more than $150,000. "One percent owner"
     means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
     Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of
     the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total
     combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
     unincorporated business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of
     the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage
     ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under
     Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate
     employers. However, in determining whether an individual has "415
     Compensation" of more than $150,000, "415 Compensation" from each employer
     required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o)
     shall be taken into account.

          For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation"
     shall be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
     Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
     made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).

     1.36 "LATE RETIREMENT DATE" means the date of, or the first day of the
month or the Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following, whichever
corresponds to the election made for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant's
actual retirement after having reached his Normal Retirement Date.

     1.37 "LEASED EMPLOYEE" means any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such services are of a type historically performed by employees in the
business field of the recipient employer. Contributions or benefits provided a
leased employs by the leasing organization which are attributable to services
performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the
recipient employer.

     A leased employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient if:
(i) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation,
as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed pursuant
to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross
income under Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), (2) immediate
participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do
not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated
workforce.

     1.38 "NET PROFIT" means with respect to any Fiscal Year the Employer's net
income or profit for such Fiscal Year determined upon the basis of the
Employer's books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income, or for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

     1.39 "NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION" means the Employer's contributions to the
Plan other than those made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election made
pursuant to Section 11.2 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution. In
addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer's Matching
Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.3(b) shall be considered a Non-Elective
Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     1.40 "NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT" means any Participant who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

     1.41 "NON-KEY EMPLOYEE" means any Employee or former Employee (and his
Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

     1.42 "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE" means the age specified in the Adoption
Agreement at which time a Participant shall become fully Vested in his
Participant's Account.

     1.43 "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement on which a Participant shall become eligible to have his benefits
distributed to him.

     1.44 "1-YEAR BREAK IN SERVICE" means the applicable computation period
during which an Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with
the Employer. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether a
Participant has incurred a l-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be
recognized for "authorized leaves of absence" and "maternity and paternity
leaves of absence. "

     "Authorized leave of absence" means an unpaid, temporary cessation from
active employment with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory
policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason.

     A "maternity or paternity leave of absence" means, for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1984, an absence from work for any period by reason of the
Employee's pregnancy, birth of the Employee's child, placement of a child with
the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for
the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately following such
birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for the
computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit
therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a l-Year Break in
Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period.
The Hours of Service credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence"
shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or,
in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours
normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of
Service required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence"
shall not exceed 501.

     1.45 "OWNER-EMPLOYEE" means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest
in the Employer or a partner who owns more than 10% of either the capital
interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income for
personal services from the Employer.

     1.46 "PARTICIPANT" means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan
as provided in Section 3.2 and has not for any reason become ineligible to
participate further in the Plan.

     1.47 "PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT" means the account established and maintained
by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total interest
under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer's contributions in the case of a
Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan, and (b) the Employer's Non-Elective
Contributions in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

     1.48 "PARTICIPANT'S COMBINED ACCOUNT" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest under the Plan resulting from the Employer's contributions.

     1.49 "PARTICIPANT'S ELECTIVE ACCOUNT" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from the Employer's Elective
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. A separate accounting
shall be

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant's Elective Account
attributable to Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.2, Employer
matching contributions if they are deemed to be Elective Contributions, and any
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

     1.50 "PARTICIPANT'S ROLLOVER ACCOUNT" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred from another qualified
plan or "conduit" Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.6.

     1.51 "PLAN" means this instrument (hereinafter referred to as Coastal
Pension Services, Inc. Regional Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust
Basic Plan Document #01) including all amendments thereto, and the Adoption
Agreement as adopted by the Employer.

     1.52 "PLAN YEAR" means the Plan's accounting year as specified in C2 of the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.53 "PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY" means an immediate annuity for the
life of the Participant's spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the
actuarial equivalent of 50% of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan as
of the date of death.

     1.54 "QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE ACCOUNT" means the account established
hereunder to which Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are allocated.

     1.55 "QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION" means the Employer's
contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to E5 of the Adoption Agreement
and Section 11.1(d) which are used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage"
tests. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are nonforfeitable when made and are
distributable only as specified in Sections 11.2(c) and 11.8. In addition, the
Employer's contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to Section 11.7(h)
and which are used to satisfy the "Actual Contribution Percentage" tests shall
be considered Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

     1.56 "QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the account
established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with
respect to his total interest under the Plan resulting from the Participant's
tax deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions made pursuant to
Section 4.9. 1.57 "Regulation" means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated
by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to
time.

     1.58 "RETIRED PARTICIPANT" means a person who has been a Participant, but
who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

     1.59 "RETIREMENT DATE" means the date as of which a Participant retires for
reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, whether such retirement
occurs on a Participant's Normal Retirement Date, Early or Late Retirement Date
(see Section 6.1).

     1.60 "SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL" means an individual who has earned income
for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
established, and, also, an individual who would have had earned income but for
the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. A
Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

     1.61 "SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE" means a Participant who owns more than five
percent (5%) of the Employer's outstanding capital stock during any year in
which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation under the
applicable Code Section.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     1.62 "SHORT PLAN YEAR" means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, that
the Plan Year shall be less than a 12 month period. If chosen, the following
rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining whether an
Employee has completed a Year of Service for benefit accrual purposes in the
Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service required shall be
proportionately reduced based on the number of days in the Short Plan Year. The
determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for vesting
and eligibility purposes shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor
Regulation 2530.203-2(c). In addition, if this Plan is integrated with Social
Security, the integration level shall also be proportionately reduced based on
the number of days in the Short Plan Year.

     1.63 "SUPER TOP HEAVY PLAN" means a plan described in Section 2.2(b).

     1.64 "TAXABLE WAGE BASE" means, with respect to any year, the maximum
amount of earnings which may be considered wages for such year under Code
Section 3121(a)(1).

     1.65 "TERMINATED PARTICIPANT" means a person who has been a Participant,
but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total and
Permanent Disability or retirement.

     1.66 "TOP HEAVY PLAN" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a).

     1.67 "TOP HEAVY PLAN YEAR" means a Plan Year commencing after December 31,
1983 during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

     1.68 "TOP PAID GROUP" shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 414(q)
and the Regulations thereunder and generally means the top 20 percent of
Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year,
ranked according to the amount of "415 Compensation" (as determined pursuant to
Section 1.28) received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated
Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees
shall be treated as Employees pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees
who are non-resident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source
income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as
Employees. Additionally, for the purpose of determining the number of active
Employees in any year, the following additional Employees shall also be
excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of
identifying the particular Employees in the Top Paid Group:

          (a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

          (b) Employees who normally work less than 17  1/2 hours per week;

          (c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a
          year; and

          (d) Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

     In addition, if 90 percent or more of the Employees of the Employer are
covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective
bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the
Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then
Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total
number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular
Employees in the Top Paid Group.

     The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a
uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q)
definition is applicable.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     1.69 "TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY" means the inability to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or
can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The
disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed physician chosen
by the Administrator. However, if the condition constitutes total disability
under the federal Social Security Acts, the Administrator may rely upon such
determination that the Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled for the
purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all
Participants.

     1.70 "TRUSTEE" means the person or entity named in B6 of the Adoption
Agreement and any successors.

     1.71 "TRUST FUND" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall
exist from time to time.

     1.72 "VESTED" means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on
behalf of a Participant.

     1.73 "VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from the Participant's nondeductible voluntary
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7.

     1.74 "YEAR OF SERVICE" means the computation period of twelve (12)
consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has completed
at least 1000 Hours of Service.

     For purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation
period shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of
Service (employment commencement date). The computation period beginning after a
l-Year Break in Service shall be measured from the date on which an Employee
again performs an Hour of Service. The succeeding computation periods shall
begin with the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date.
However, if one (1) Year of Service or less is required as a condition of
eligibility, then after the initial eligibility computation period, the
eligibility computation period shall shift to the current Plan Year which
includes the anniversary of the date on which the Employee first performed an
Hour of Service. An Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service in both
the initial eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year which
commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee's initial eligibility
computation period will be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of
eligibility to participate.

     For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically addressed in
this Section, the computation period shall be the Plan Year, including periods
prior to the Effective Date of the Plan unless specifically excluded pursuant to
the Adoption Agreement.

     Years of Service and breaks in service will be measured on the same
computation period.

     Years of Service with any predecessor Employer which maintained this Plan
shall be recognized. Years of Service with any other predecessor Employer shall
be recognized as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

     Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                    TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

2.1  TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

     For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting
requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the
special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to
Section 4.3(i) of the Plan.

2.2  DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

          (a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year beginning
     after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the
     Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the
     Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an
     Aggregation Group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the Present Value of
     Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key
     Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

          If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but such
     Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, such Participant's
     Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or Aggregate Account balance shall not
     be taken into account for purposes of determining whether this Plan is a
     Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation Group which
     includes this Plan is a Top Heavy Group). In addition, if a Participant or
     Former Participant has not performed any services for any Employer
     maintaining the Plan at any time during the five year period ending on the
     Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such Participant or Former
     Participant shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining
     whether this Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan.

          (b) This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year
     beginning after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date,
     (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum
     of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of
     an Aggregation Group, exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the Present Value of
     Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key
     Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

          (c) Aggregate Account: A Participant's Aggregate Account as of the
     Determination Date is the sum of:

          (1) his Participant's Combined Account balance as of the most recent
          valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on the
          Determination Date;

          (2) for a Profit Sharing Plan, an adjustment for any contributions due
          as of the Determination Date. Such adjustment shall be the amount of
          any contributions actually made after the valuation date but before
          the Determination Date, except for the first Plan Year when such
          adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any contributions made
          after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that
          first Plan Year;

          (3) for a Money Purchase Plan, contributions that would be allocated
          as of a date not later than the Determination Date, even though those
          amounts are not yet made or required to be made.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
          (4) any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that includes the
          Determination Date or within the four (4) preceding Plan Years.
          However, in the case of distributions made after the valuation date
          and prior to the Determination Date, such distributions are not
          included as distributions for top heavy purposes to the extent that
          such distributions are already included in the Participant's Aggregate
          Account balance as of the valuation date. In the case of a
          distribution of an annuity Contract, the amount of such distribution
          is deemed to be the current actuarial value of the Contract,
          determined on the date of the distribution. Notwithstanding anything
          herein to the contrary, all distributions, including distributions
          made prior to January 1, 1984, and distributions under a terminated
          plan which if it had not been terminated would have been required to
          be included in an Aggregation Group, will be counted. Further,
          distributions from the Plan (including the cash value of life
          insurance policies) of a Participant's account balance because of
          death shall be treated as a distribution for the purpose of this
          paragraph.

          (5) any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory.
          However, amounts attributable to tax deductible qualified voluntary
          employee contributions shall not be considered to be a part of the
          Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

          (6) with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers
          (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan
          maintained by one employer to a plan maintained by another employer),
          if this Plan provides the rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it
          shall always consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers as a
          distribution for the purposes of this Section. If this Plan is the
          plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall not
          consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted after
          December 31, 1983 as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account
          balance. However, rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted prior
          to January 1, 1984 shall be considered as part of the Participant's
          Aggregate Account balance.

          (7) with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones
          either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan maintained by
          the same employer), if this Plan provides the rollover or plan-to-plan
          transfer, it shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of
          this Section. If this Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or
          plan-to-plan transfer, it shall consider such rollover or plan-to-plan
          transfer as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance,
          irrespective of the date on which such rollover or plan-to-plan
          transfer is accepted.

          (8) For the purposes of determining whether two employers are to be
          treated as the same employer in 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7) above, all
          employers aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) are
          treated as the same employer.

          (d) "Aggregation Group" means either a Required Aggregation Group or a
     Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

          (1) Required Aggregation Group: In determining a Required Aggregation
          Group hereunder, each qualified plan of the Employer, including any
          Simplified Employee Pension Plan, in which a Key Employee is a
          participant in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any
          of the four preceding Plan Years, and each other qualified plan of the
          Employer which enables any qualified plan in which a Key Employee
          participates to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401 (a)(4) or
          410, will be required to be aggregated. Such group shall be known as a
          Required Aggregation Group.

          In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group
          will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group
          is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
          Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
          Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

          (2) Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may also include any
          other plan of the Employer, including any Simplified Employee Pension
          Plan, not required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group,
          provided the resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue to
          satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. Such group
          shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.

          In the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is
          part of the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy
          Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan
          in the Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy
          Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

          (3) Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination Dates
          fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order to
          determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

          (4) An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated plan of the
          Employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years ending on
          the Determination Date.

          (e) "Determination Date" means (a) the last day of the preceding Plan
     Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan
     Year.

          (f) Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined benefit
     plan, the Present Value of Accrued Benefit for a Participant other than a
     Key Employee shall be as determined using the single accrual method used
     for all plans of the Employer and Affiliated Employers, or if no such
     single method exists, using a method which results in benefits accruing not
     more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section
     411(b)(1)(C). The determination of the Present Value of Accrued Benefit
     shall be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within
     or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except
     as provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the
     first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.

          However, any such determination must include present value of accrued
     benefit attributable to any Plan distributions referred to in Section
     2.2(c)(4) above, any Employee contributions referred to in Section
     2.2(c)(5) above or any related or unrelated rollovers referred to in
     Sections 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7) above.

          (g) "Top Heavy Group" means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the
     Determination Date, the sum of:

          (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all
          defined benefit plans included in the group, and

          (2) the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all defined
          contribution plans included in the group, exceeds sixty percent (60%)
          of a similar sum determined for all Participants.

          (h) The Administrator shall determine whether this Plan is a Top Heavy
     Plan on the Anniversary Date specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such
     determination of the top heavy ratio shall be in accordance with Code
     Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
2.3 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

          (a) The Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee
     and the Administrator from time to time as it deems necessary for the
     proper administration of the Plan to assure that the Plan is being operated
     for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in
     accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act.

          (b) The Employer shall establish a "funding policy and method", i.e.,
     it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity
     (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and
     investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall
     appoint a qualified person to do so. The Employer or its delegate shall
     communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such
     Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication of such a "funding
     policy and method" shall not, however, constitute a directive to the
     Trustee as to investment of the Trust Funds. Such "funding policy and
     method" shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the
     requirements of Title I of the Act.

          (c) The Employer may, in its discretion, appoint an Investment Manager
     to manage all or a designated portion of the assets of the Plan. In such
     event, the Trustee shall follow the directive of the Investment Manager in
     investing the assets of the Plan managed by the Investment Manager.

          (d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any
     Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated
     by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures
     established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic
     review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically designated by
     the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other
     appropriate ways.

2.4 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

     The Employer shall appoint one or more Administrators. Any person,
including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible
to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator may
resign by delivering his written resignation to the Employer or be removed by
the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date
specified therein, or upon delivery to the Administrator if no date is
specified.

     The Employer, upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, shall
promptly designate in writing a successor to this position. If the Employer does
not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as the Administrator.

2.5 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, the responsibilities
of each Administrator may be specified by Employer and accepted in writing by
each Administrator. In the event that no such delegation is made by the
Employer, the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves,
in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer and the Trustee in
writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator.
The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the
appropriate Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators
file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
2.6 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject
to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall administer the Plan
in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe
the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection with the
administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such
determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all
persons. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply
any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such
extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the
Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation
or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the
Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code
Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations
issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary or
appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

     The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

          (a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the
     eligibility of Employees to participate or remain a Participant hereunder
     and to receive benefits under the Plan;

          (b) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to the
     amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled
     hereunder;

          (c) to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all
     nondiscretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund;

          (d) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the
     Plan;

          (e) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish
     such rules for regulation of the Plan as are consistent with the terms
     hereof;

          (f) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased
     from any Insurer, and to designate the Insurer from which such Contract
     shall be purchased;

          (g) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from
     time to time the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to
     the Trust Fund;

          (h) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the short
     and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee can
     exercise any investment discretion in a manner designed to accomplish
     specific objectives;

          (i) to prepare and distribute to Employees a procedure for notifying
     Participants and Beneficiaries of their rights to elect Joint and Survivor
     Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if required by the Code and
     Regulations thereunder;

          (j) to assist any Participant regarding his rights, benefits, or
     elections available under the Plan.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
2.7 RECORDS AND REPORTS

     The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep
all other books of account, records, and other data that may be necessary for
proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all
information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor,
Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.8 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

     The Administrator, or the Trustee with the consent of the Administrator,
may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, and other persons as the
Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
administration of this Plan.

2.9 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

     To enable the Administrator to perform his functions, the Employer shall
supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating
to the Compensation of all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of
Service, their retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment, and
such other pertinent facts as the Administrator may require; and the
Administrator shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as may be
pertinent to the Trustee's duties under the Plan. The Administrator may rely
upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
responsibility to verify such information.

2.10 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless
paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the
functioning of the Administrator, including, but not limited to, fees of
accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of
administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of
the Trust Fund. However, the Employer may reimburse the Trust Fund for any
administration expense incurred. Any administration expense paid to the Trust
Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

2.11 MAJORITY ACTIONS

     Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of administrative
authority pursuant to Section 2.5, if there shall be more than one
Administrator, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize
one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.12 CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the
Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished
to the claimant within 90 days after the application is filed. In the event the
claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in
the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent
provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as
to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the
claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan's claims review
procedure.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
2.13 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

     Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been
denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.12
shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to
his claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing. Such
request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the claimant
believes his claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no
later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification provided for in
Section 2.12. The Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next 60
days, at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other
representative of his choosing and expense and at which the claimant shall have
an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of
his claim. At the hearing (or prior thereto upon 5 business days written notice
to the Administrator) the claimant or his representative shall have an
opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which
are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance. Either the claimant or
the Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and record
the proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the proceedings
shall be furnished to both parties by the court reporter. The full expense of
any such court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the party causing
the court reporter to attend the hearing. A final decision as to the allowance
of the claim shall be made by the Administrator within 60 days of receipt of the
appeal (unless there has been an extension of 60 days due to special
circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances occasioning it
are communicated to the claimant within the 60 day period). Such communication
shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and
shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the
pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                  ELIGIBILITY

3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

     Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the
date he has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

     An Eligible Employee who has become eligible to be a Participant shall
become a Participant effective as of the day specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant shall go from a
classification of a noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee
shall become a Participant as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

     In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements and would otherwise become a Participant shall go from a
classification of an Eligible Employee to a noneligible Employee and becomes
ineligible to participate and has not incurred a l-Year Break in Service, such
Employee shall participate in the Plan as of the date he returns to an eligible
class of Employees. If such Employee does incur a 1-Year Break in Service,
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Plan.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for
participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the
same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be
subject to review per Section 2.13.

3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible
Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to
vest in his interest in the Plan for each Year of Service completed while a
noneligible Employee, until such time as his Participant's Account shall be
forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, his
interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

3.5 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant
in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made
until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the
Employer shall make a subsequent contribution, if necessary after the
application of Section 4.3(e), so that the omitted Employee receives a total
amount which the said Employee would have received had he not been omitted. Such
contribution shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in
whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.6 INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect
inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the
Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to
the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with
respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect
to the ineligible person shall constitute a Forfeiture for the Plan Year in
which the discovery is made.

3.7 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

     An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily
not to participate in the Plan. The election not to participate must be
communicated to the Employer, in writing, at least thirty (30) days before the
beginning of a Plan Year. For Standardized Plans, a Participant or an Eligible
Employee may not elect not to participate. Furthermore, the foregoing election
not to participate shall not be available with respect to partners in a
partnership.

3.8 CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE

          (a) If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
     Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is
     established and one or more other entities, this Plan and the plan
     established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single
     Plan, satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the Employees of this and
     all other entities.

          (b) If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
     Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
     employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a plan
     which satisfies Code Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides
     contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided for Owner-
     Employees under this Plan.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
          (c) If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans
     of two or more trades or business which are not controlled and the
     individual controls a trade or business, then the benefits or contributions
     of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which are
     controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the most
     favorable plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.

          (d) For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or
     two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control an entity if the
     Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

          (1) own the entire interest in an unincorporated entity, or

          (2) in the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of either
          the capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

          (e) For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two
     or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a
     partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which
     such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to
     control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                          CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

          (a) For a Money Purchase Plan -

          (1) The Employer shall make contributions over such period of years as
          the Employer may determine on the following basis. On behalf of each
          Participant eligible to share in allocations, for each year of his
          participation in this Plan, the Employer shall contribute the amount
          specified in the Adoption Agreement. All contributions by the Employer
          shall be made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to the
          Trustee. The Employer shall be required to obtain a waiver from the
          Internal Revenue Service for any Plan Year in which it is unable to
          make the full required contribution to the Plan. In the event a waiver
          is obtained, this Plan shall be deemed to be an individually designed
          plan.

          (2) For any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if
          elected in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year
          beginning on or after January 1, 1990, the Employer shall not
          contribute on behalf of a Participant who performs less than a Year of
          Service during any Plan Year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or a
          contribution is required pursuant to 4.3(h).

          (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer's contribution for any
          Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a
          deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404.
          However, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy minimum
          allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds
          the amount which is deductible under Code Section 404.

          (b) For a Profit Sharing Plan -

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
          (1) For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan such
          amount as specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Employer's contribution
          for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a
          deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404.
          All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in such
          property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

          (2) Except, however, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy
          minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it
          exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount which is
          deductible under Code Section 404.

4.2 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     The Employer shall generally pay to the Trustee its contribution to the
Plan for each Plan Year within the time prescribed by law, including extensions
of time, for the filing of the Employer's federal income tax return for the
Fiscal Year.

4.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

          (a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the
     name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each
     Anniversary Date, or other valuation date, all amounts allocated to each
     such Participant as set forth herein.

          (b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
     required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer's
     contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after
     the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the
     Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:

          (1)   For a Money Purchase Plan:

               (i)  The Employer's Contribution shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Combined Account in the manner set forth in Section
               4. l herein and as specified in Section E2 of the Adoption
               Agreement.

          (2)  For an Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

               (i)  The Employer's contribution shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Account, except as provided in Section 4.3(f), in a
               dollar amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each Participant's
               total Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does
               not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant
               will be allocated a share of the contribution in the same
               proportion that his total Compensation plus his total Excess
               Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation
               plus the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that
               year.

     Regardless of the preceding, 4.3% shall be substituted for 5.7% above if
     Excess Compensation is based on more than 20% to and less than or equal to
     80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than
     100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be
     substituted for 5.7% above.

               (ii) The balance of the Employer's contribution over the amount
               allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each Participant's
               Combined Account in the same proportion that his total
               Compensation for the Year bears to the total Compensation of all
               Participants for such year.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
               (iii) Except, however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to
               January 1, 1990, and if elected in the non-standardized Adoption
               Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or after January I,
               1990, a Participant who performs less than a Year of Service
               during any Plan Year shall not share in the Employer's
               contribution for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or
               a contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

          (3)  For a Non-integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

               (i)  The Employer's contribution shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Account in the same proportion that each such
               Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total
               Compensation of all Participants for such year.

               (ii) Except, however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to
               January 1, 1990, and if elected in the non-standardized Adoption
               Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
               1990, a Participant who performs less than a Year of Service
               during any Plan Year shall not share in the Employer's
               contribution for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or
               a contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

          (c) As of each Anniversary Date or other valuation date, before
     allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures, any earnings or
     losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund shall be
     allocated in the same proportion that each Participant's and Former
     Participant's nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all Participants'
     and Former Participants' nonsegregated accounts as of such date. If any
     nonsegregated account of a Participant has been distributed prior to the
     Anniversary Date or other valuation date subsequent to a Participant's
     termination of employment, no earnings or losses shall be credited to such
     account.

          Notwithstanding the above, with respect to contributions made to Plan
     after the previous Anniversary Date or allocation date, the method
     specified in the Adoption Agreement shall be used.

          (d) Participants' Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or
     annuity premiums paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest
     received on insurance contracts.

          (e) As of each Anniversary Date any amounts which became Forfeitures
     since the last Anniversary Date shall first be made available to reinstate
     previously forfeited account balances of Former Participants, if any, in
     accordance with Section 6.4(g)(2) or be used to satisfy any contribution
     that may be required pursuant to Section 3.5 and/or 6.9. The remaining
     Forfeitures, if any, shall be treated in accordance with the Adoption
     Agreement. Provided, however, that in the event the allocation of
     Forfeitures provided herein shall cause the "annual addition" (as defined
     in Section 4.4) to any Participant's Account to exceed the amount allowable
     by the Code, the excess shall be reallocated in accordance with Section
     4.5. Except, however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1990,
     and if elected in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year
     beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a Participant who performs less than
     a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall not share in the Plan
     Forfeitures for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or a
     contribution required pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

          (f) Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years:
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the
     Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
     Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least three
     percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employee's "415 Compensation" (reduced by
     contributions and forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Non-Key Employee
     in any defined contribution plan included with this plan in a Required
     Aggregation Group). However, if (i) the sum of the Employer's contributions
     and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of each Key

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of
     each Key Employee's ~415 Compensation" and (ii) this Plan is not required
     to be included in an Aggregation Group to enable a defined benefit plan to
     meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the sum of the
     Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
     Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest
     percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key
     Employee.

          However, for each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in a paired
     Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and a paired Money
     Purchase Plan, the minimum 3% allocation specified above shall be provided
     in the Money Purchase Plan.

          If this is an integrated Plan, then for any Top Heavy Plan Year the
     Employer's contribution shall be allocated as follows:

          (1) An amount equal to 3 % multiplied by each Participant's
          Compensation for the Plan Year shall be allocated to each
          Participant's Account. If the Employer does not contribute such amount
          for all Participants, the amount shall be allocated to each
          Participant's Account in the same proportion that his total
          Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
          Participants for such year.

          (2) The balance of the Employer's contribution over the amount
          allocated under subparagraph (1) hereof shall be allocated to each
          Participant's Account in a dollar amount equal to 3% multiplied by a
          Participant's Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute
          such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be allocated a
          share of the contribution in the same proportion that his Excess
          Compensation bears to the total Excess Compensation of all
          Participants for that year.

          (3) The balance of the Employer's contribution over the amount
          allocated under subparagraph (2) hereof shall be allocated to each
          Participant's Account in a dollar amount equal to 2.7% multiplied by
          the sum of each Participant's total Compensation plus Excess
          Compensation.  If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all
          Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share of the
          contribution in the same proportion that his total Compensation plus
          his total Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
          Compensation plus the total Excess Compensation of all Participants
          for that year.

          Regardless of the preceding, 1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above
          if Excess Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or
          equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based
          on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then
          2.4% shall be substituted for 2.7% above.

          (4) The balance of the Employer's contributions over the amount
          allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each Participant's
          Account in the same proportion that his total Compensation for the
          Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such
          year.

          For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and
     another non-paired defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer,
     the minimum 3% allocation specified above shall be provided as specified in
     F3 of the Adoption Agreement.

          (g) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the
     percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key
     Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer's
     contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee
     divided by the "415 Compensation" for such Key Employee.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
          (h)  For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth in
     this Section shall be allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of
     all Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the
     Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employees who
     have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; or (2) declined to make
     mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred
     arrangement, elective contributions to the Plan.

          (i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year
     in which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a defined benefit
     pension plan included in a Required Aggregation Group which is top heavy,
     the Employer shall not be required to provide a Non-Key Employee with both
     the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full
     separate defined contribution plan allocations. Therefore, if the Employer
     maintains both a Defined Benefit and a Defined Contribution Plan that are a
     Top Heavy Group, the top heavy minimum benefits shall be provided as
     follows:

          (1) Applies if F1b of the Adoption Agreement is Selected -

               (i)   The requirements of Section 2.1 shall apply except that
               each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in the Profit Sharing
               Plan or Money Purchase Plan and who is also a Participant in the
               Defined Benefit Plan shall receive a minimum allocation of five
               percent (5%) of such Participant's "415 Compensation" from the
               applicable Defined Contribution Plan(s).

               (ii)  For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in the
               Defined Benefit Plan the Employer will provide a minimum non-
               integrated benefit equal to 2% of his highest five consecutive
               year average "415 Compensation" for each Year of Service while a
               Participant in the Plan, in which the Plan is top heavy, not to
               exceed ten.

               (iii) For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in this
               Defined Contribution Plan, the Employer shall provide a
               contribution equal to 3% of his "415 Compensation".

          (2) Applies if Flc of the Adoption Agreement is Selected -

               (i)   The minimum allocation specified in Section 4.3(i)(1)(i)
               shall be 7 1/2% if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement
               for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top
               Heavy.

               (ii)  The minimum benefit specified in Section 4.3(i)(1)(ii)shall
               be 3% if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement for years
               in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

               (iii) The minimum allocation specified in Section 4.3(i)(1)(iii)
               shall be 4% if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement for
               years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

          (j)  For the purposes of this Section, "415 Compensation" shall be
     limited to $200,000 (unless adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code
     Section 415(d)). However, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1,
     1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for Top Heavy Plan Years and
     shall not be adjusted.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
          (k) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Participant
     who terminated employment during the Plan Year for reasons other than
     death, Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement shall or shall not
     share in the allocations of the Employer's Contributions and Forfeitures as
     provided in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan
     Years beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized Plan, any such
     terminated Participant shall share in the allocations as provided in this
     Section provided such Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

          (1) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants
     terminating for reasons of death, Total and Permanent Disability, or
     retirement shall share in the allocations as provided in this Section
     regardless of whether they completed a Year of Service during the Plan
     Year.

          (m) If a Former Participant is reemployed after five (5) consecutive
     1-Year Breaks in Service, then separate accounts shall be maintained as
     follows:

          (1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break
          service; and

          (2) one account representing his employer derived account balance in
          the Plan attributable to post-break service.

          (n) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the
     contrary, if this is a non-standardized Plan that would otherwise fail to
     meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26), 410(b)(1), or
     410(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Regulations thereunder because Employer
     Contributions have not been allocated to a sufficient number or percentage
     of Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

          (1) The group of Participants eligible to share in the Employer's
          contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year shall be expanded to
          include the minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be
          eligible as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified
          above. The specific participants who shall become eligible under the
          terms of this paragraph shall be those who are actively employed on
          the last day of the Plan Year and, when compared to similarly situated
          Participants, have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service
          in the Plan Year.

          (2) If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable test
          is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible to
          share in the Employer's contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year
          shall be further expanded to include the minimum number of
          Participants who are not actively employed on the last day of the Plan
          Year as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test. The specific
          Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those
          Participants, when compared to similarly situated Participants, who
          have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan
          Year before terminating employment.

          Nothing in this Section shall permit the reduction of a Participant's
     accrued benefit. Therefore any amounts that have previously been allocated
     to Participants may not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements. In
     such event, the Employer shall make an additional contribution equal to the
     amount such affected Participants would have received had they been
     included in the allocations, even if it exceeds the amount which would be
     deductible under Code Section 404. Any adjustment to the allocations
     pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered a retroactive amendment
     adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
4.4   MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

          (a)(l) If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
          participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, or
          a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)), maintained
          by the Employer, or an individual medical account (as defined in Code
          Section 415(1)(2)) maintained by the Employer, which provides Annual
          Additions, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the
          Participant's accounts for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the
          lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
          contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would
          otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's accounts
          would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the
          Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will
          be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will
          equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

          (2) Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
          Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible
          Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of
          the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly
          determined for all Participants similarly situated.

          (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
          Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for such Limitation
          Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
          compensation for such Limitation Year.

          (4) If pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(2) or as a result of the allocation
          of Forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount, the excess will be disposed
          of as follows:

               (i)   Any nondeductible Voluntary Employee Contributions, to the
               extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be returned to
               the Participant;

               (ii)  If, after the application of subparagraph (i), an Excess
               Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan
               at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the
               Participant's account will be used to reduce Employer
               contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such
               Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
               Limitation Year if necessary;

               (iii) If, after the application of subparagraph (i), an Excess
               Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the
               Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be
               held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will
               be applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including
               allocation of any Forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in
               the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if
               necessary;

               (iv)  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
               Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate
               in the allocation of investment gains and losses. If a suspense
               account is in existence at any time during a particular
               limitation year, all amounts in the suspense account must be
               allocated and reallocated to participants' accounts before any
               employer contributions or any employee contributions may be made
               to the plan for that limitation year.  Excess amounts may not be
               distributed to participants or former participants.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
          (b)(1) This subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
          Participant is covered under another qualified Regional Prototype
          defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare
          benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the
          Employer, or an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section
          415(1)(2)) maintained by the Employer, which provides Annual
          Additions, during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may
          be credited to a Participant's accounts under this Plan for any such
          Limitation Year shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount
          reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's accounts
          under the other plans and welfare benefit funds for the same
          Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the
          Participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit
          funds maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible
          Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be
          contributed or allocated to the Participant's accounts under this Plan
          would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed
          this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced
          so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and welfare benefit
          funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
          Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under
          such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the
          aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount,
          no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
          account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

          (2) Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
          Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible
          Amount for a Participant in the manner described in Section 4.4(a)(2).

          (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
          Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
          Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
          Compensation for the Limitation Year.

          (4) If, pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(2) or as a result of the allocation
          of Forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and
          such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation
          Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual
          Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to
          a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account will be deemed to
          have been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

          (5) If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an
          allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date
          of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the
          product of,

               (i)  the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

               (ii) the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated to the
               Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this
               Plan to (2) the total Annual Additions allocated to the
               Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this
               and all the other qualified defined contribution plans.

          (6) Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
          manner described in Section 4.4(a)(4).

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
          (c) If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
     contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Regional
     Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's
     account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in
     accordance with Section 4.4(b), unless the Employer provides other
     limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

          (d) If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
     defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan the sum of the
     Participant's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan
     Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions
     which may be credited to the Participant's account under this Plan for any
     Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with the Limitation on
     Allocations Section of the Adoption Agreement.

          (e) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the
     transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an "annual
     addition". In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for
     the purposes of Section 4.4(f)(1)(2): (1) rollover contributions (as
     defined in Code Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3));
     (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments
     of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section
     411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs); (4) repayments of distributions received by an
     Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions);
     and (5) Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable
     from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6).

          (f) For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined
     as follows:

          (1) Annual Additions means the sum credited to a Participant's
          accounts for any Limitation Year of (1) Employer contributions, (2)
          effective with respect to "limitation years" beginning after December
          31, 1986, Employees contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts
          allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as
          defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), which is part of a pension or
          annuity plan maintained by the Employer and (5) amounts derived from
          contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable
          years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-
          retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key
          employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare
          benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the
          Employer. Except, however, the "415 Compensation" percentage
          limitation referred to in paragraph (a)(2) above shall not apply to:
          (1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code
          Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which is otherwise
          treated as an "annual addition", or (2) any amount otherwise treated
          as an "annual addition" under Code Section 415(1)(1). Notwithstanding
          the foregoing, for "limitation years" beginning prior to January I,
          1987, only that portion of Employee contributions equal to the lesser
          of Employee contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of "415
          Compensation" or one-half of Employee contributions shall be
          considered an "annual addition".

          For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections 4.4(a)(4)
          and 4.4(b)(6) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions
          shall be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

          (2) Compensation means a Participant's earned income, wages, salaries,
          fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal
          services actually rendered in the course of employment with the
          Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to,
          commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
          percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and
          bonuses) and excluding the following:

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
               (i)   Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation
               which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the
               taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions
               under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such
               contributions are excludable from the Employee's gross income, or
               any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

               (ii)  contributions made by the Employer to a plan of deferred
               compensation to the extent that all or a portion of such
               contributions are recharacterized as a voluntary Employee
               contribution;

               (iii) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an
               Employee becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a
               substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (iv)  amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
               disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

               (v)   other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
               contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary
               reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract
               described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the
               contributions are excludable from the gross income of the
               Employee).

          For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 4.4,
          Compensation for any Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid
          or includible in gross income during such year. Notwithstanding the
          preceding sentence, Compensation for a Participant in a profit-sharing
          plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code
          Section 22(e)(3)) is the Compensation such Participant would have
          received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at
          the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently
          and totally disabled; such imputed Compensation for the disabled
          Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a
          Highly Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such
          Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

          (3) Defined Benefit Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which
          is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all
          the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by
          the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125
          percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year
          under Code Sections 415(b) and (d) or 140 percent of his Highest
          Average Compensation including any adjustments under Code Section
          415(b).

          Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of
          the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December
          31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the
          Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of
          this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the
          annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as
          of the end of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before
          January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions
          of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if
          the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied
          the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years
          beginning before January 1, 1987.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall
          be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being
          made pursuant to the Employer's election in Fl of the Adoption
          Agreement. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super
          Top Heavy Plan, 100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

          (4) Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $30,000, or, if
          greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth
          in Code Section 415(b)(1) as in effect for the Limitation Year.

          (5) Defined Contribution Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of
          which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's account
          under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated)
          maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation
          Years, (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
          Participant's nondeductible voluntary employee contributions to any
          defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the
          Employer and the annual additions attributable to all welfare benefit
          funds, as defined in Code Section 419(e), and individual medical
          accounts, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), maintained by the
          Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum
          aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of
          Service with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined
          contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum
          aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent
          of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation or 35 percent of the
          Participant's Compensation for such year. For Limitation Years
          beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the "annual addition" shall not be
          recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as an Annual Addition.

          If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of
          the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or
          more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were
          in existence on May 5, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
          adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction
          would otherwise exceed l.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the
          adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the
          sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this
          fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this
          fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they
          would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning
          before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and
          conditions of the plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Code
          Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year
          beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall
          be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being
          made pursuant to the Employer's election in Fl of the Adoption
          Agreement. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super
          Top Heavy Plan, 100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

          (6) Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan and all
          Affiliated Employers, except that for purposes of this Section,
          Affiliated Employers shall be determined pursuant to the modification
          made by Code Section 415(h).

          (7) Excess Amount means the excess of the Participant's Annual
          Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
          (8) Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation for
          the three consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that produces
          the highest average. A Year of Service with the Employer is the 12
          consecutive month period defined in Section E1 of the Adoption
          Agreement which is used to determine Compensation under the Plan.

          (9) Limitation Year means the Compensation Year (a 12 consecutive
          month period) as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
          All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same
          Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12
          consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date
          within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

          (10) Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Addition that
          may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's account under the
          plan for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:

               (i) the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

               (ii) 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the
               Limitation Year.

          The Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any
          contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code Sections
          401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition
          under Code Sections 415(1)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

          If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing
          the Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive month period, the
          Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution
          Dollar Contribution multiplied by the following fraction:


                 number of months in the short Limitation Year
                 ---------------------------------------------
                                       12

          (11) Projected Annual Benefit means the annual retirement benefit
          (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such
          benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or
          qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would
          be entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:

          (12) the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement
          Age (or current age, if later), and

          (13) the Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation Year
          and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the
          Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

          (g) Regional Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which has been
     the subject of a favorable notification letter from the Internal Revenue
     Service.

          (h) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the
     contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in
     this Section shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section
     415 and the Regulations thereunder, the terms of which are specifically
     incorporated herein by reference.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
4.5 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

          (a) If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable
     error in estimating a Participant's annual Compensation, or other facts and
     circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the
     "annual additions" under this Plan would cause the maximum provided in
     Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall treat the excess in
     accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

4.6 TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

          (a) If specified in the Adoption Agreement and with the consent of the
     Administrator, amounts may be transferred from other qualified plans,
     provided that the trust from which such funds are transferred permits the
     transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt
     status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. The
     amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred
     to as a "Participant's Rollover Accounts. Such account shall be fully
     Vested at all times and shall not be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

          (b) Amounts in a Participant's Rollover Account shall be held by the
     Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn
     by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as
     provided in Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section.

          (c) Amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in
     Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(4)), including amounts treated as elective
     contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-
     to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided
     for in Regulation 1.401(k)-l(d).

          (d) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
     or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market
     value of the Participant's Rollover Account shall be used to provide
     additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary. Any
     distributions of amounts held in a Participant's Rollover Account shall be
     made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
     Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
     requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations
     thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered as part of a
     Participant's benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of
     benefits without Participant consent may be made.

          (e) The Administrator may direct that employee transfers made after a
     valuation date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant
     until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at
     which time they may remain segregated or be invested as part of the general
     Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

          (f) For purposes of this Section, the term "qualified plan" shall mean
     any tax qualified plan under Code Section 401(a). The term "amounts
     transferred from other qualified plans" shall mean: (i) amounts transferred
     to this Plan directly from another qualified plan; (ii) lump-sum
     distributions received by an Employee from another qualified plan which are
     eligible for tax free rollover to a qualified plan and which are
     transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days following
     his receipt thereof; (iii) amounts transferred to this Plan from a conduit
     individual retirement account provided that the conduit individual
     retirement account has no assets other than assets which (A) were
     previously distributed to the Employee by another qualified plan as a lump-
     sum distribution (B) were eligible for tax-free rollover to a qualified
     plan and (C) were deposited in such conduit individual retirement account
     within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof and other than earnings on said
     assets; and (iv) amounts distributed to the Employee from a conduit

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
     individual retirement account meeting the requirements of clause (iii)
     above, and transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days
     of his receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement account.

          (g) Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies,
     the Administrator may require the Employee to establish that the amounts to
     be transferred to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section and may
     also require the Employee to provide an opinion of counsel satisfactory to
     the Employer that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of
     this Section.

          (h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer
     directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having
     the effect of such a transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not
     result in the elimination or reduction of any "Section 41l(d)(6) protected
     benefit" as described in Section 8.1.

4.7 VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a) If this is an amendment to a Plan that had previously allowed
     voluntary Employee contributions, then, except as provided in 4.7(b) below,
     this Plan will not accept voluntary Employee contributions for Plan Years
     beginning after the Plan Year in which this Plan is adopted by the
     Employer.

          (b) For 401(k) Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each
     Participant may, at the discretion of the Administrator in a
     nondiscriminatory manner, elect to voluntarily contribute a portion of his
     compensation earned while a Participant under this Plan. Such contributions
     shall be paid to the Trustee within a reasonable period of time but in no
     event later than 90 days after the receipt of the contribution.

          (c) The balance in each Participant's Voluntary Contribution Account
     shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture
     for any reason.

          (d) A Participant may elect to withdraw his voluntary contributions
     from his Voluntary Contribution Account and the actual earnings thereon in
     a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. If the
     Administrator maintains sub-accounts with respect to voluntary
     contributions (and earnings thereon) which were made on or before a
     specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate which sub-
     account shall be the source for his withdrawal. No Forfeitures shall occur
     solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of Employee contributions.

          In the event such a withdrawal is made, or in the event a Participant
     has received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-
     l(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any plan maintained by the Employer, then such
     Participant shall be barred from making any voluntary contributions for a
     period of twelve (12) months after receipt of the withdrawal or
     distribution.

          (e) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
     or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market
     value of the Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to provide
     additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
          (f) The Administrator may direct that voluntary contributions made
     after a valuation date be segregated into a separate account until such
     time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time
     they may remain segregated or be invested as part of the general Trust
     Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

4.8 DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

          (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may direct
     the Trustee as to the investment of all or a portion of any one or more of
     their individual account balances. Participants may direct the Trustee in
     writing to invest their account in specific assets as permitted by the
     Administrator provided such investments are in accordance with the
     Department of Labor regulations and are permitted by the Plan. That portion
     of the account of any Participant so directing will thereupon be considered
     a Directed Investment Account.

          (b) A separate Directed Investment Account shall be established for
     each Participant who has directed an investment. Transfers between the
     Participant's regular account and their Directed Investment Account shall
     be charged and credited as the ease may be to each account. The Directed
     Investment Account shall not share in Trust Fund Earnings, but it shall be
     charged or credited as appropriate with the net earnings, gains, losses and
     expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in market value during
     each Plan Year attributable to such account.

          (c) The Administrator shall establish a procedure, to be applied in a
     uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, setting forth the permissible
     investment options under this Section, how often changes between
     investments may be made, and any other limitations that the Administrator
     shall impose on a Participant's right to direct investments.

4.9 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a) If this is an amendment to a Plan that previously permitted
     deductible voluntary contributions, then each Participant who made a
     "Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution" within the meaning of Code
     Section 219(e)(2) as it existed prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform
     Act of 1986, shall have his contribution held in a separate Qualified
     Voluntary Employee Contribution Account which shall be fully Vested at all
     times. Such contributions, however, shall not be permitted if they are
     attributable to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.

          (b) A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the
     Administrator, make withdrawals from his Qualified Voluntary Employee
     Contribution Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is
     consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but
     not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections
     411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

          (c) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
     or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market
     value of the Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account shall be
     used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

          (d) Unless the Administrator directs Qualified Voluntary Employee
     Contributions made pursuant to this Section be segregated into a separate
     account for each Participant, they shall be invested as part of the general
     Trust Fund and share in earnings and losses.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
4.10 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the event this Plan previously provided for voluntary or mandatory
Employee contributions, then, with respect to Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1986, such contributions must satisfy the provisions of Code
Section 401(m) and the Regulations thereunder.

4.11 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

     If the Employer and/or an Affiliated Employer maintain qualified retirement
plans integrated with Social Security such that any Participant in this Plan is
covered under more than one of such plans, then such plans will be considered to
be one plan and will be considered to be integrated if the extent of the
integration of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the extent of integration of a plan is the ratio, expressed
as a percentage, which the actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or
employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable, under the Plan bears to the
limitation applicable to such Plan. If the Employer maintains two or more
standardized paired plans, only one plan may be integrated with Social Security.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

     The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Anniversary Date,
and at such other date or dates deemed necessary by the Administrator, herein
called "valuation date", to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the
Trust Fund as it exists on the "valuation date". In determining such net worth,
the Trustee shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at their fair
market value as of the "valuation date" and shall deduct all expenses for which
the Trustee has not yet obtained reimbursement from the Employer or the Trust
Fund.

5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION

     In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund
which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct
the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such
exchange preceding the close of business on the "valuation date". If such
securities were not traded on the "valuation date", or if the exchange on which
they are traded was not open for business on the "valuation date", then the
securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to
the "valuation date". Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be
valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the "valuation
date", which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an
investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than
securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or
appraisers.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

     Every Participant may terminate his employment with the Employer and retire
for the purposes hereof on or after his Normal Retirement Date or Early
Retirement Date. Upon such Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, all
amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account shall become
distributable. However, a Participant may postpone the termination of his
employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the participation
of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations
pursuant to Section 4.3, shall continue until his Late Retirement Date. Upon a
Participant's Retirement Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the
Administrator shall direct the distribution of all amounts credited to such
Participant's Combined Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

          (a) Upon the death of a Participant before his Retirement Date or
     other termination of his employment, all amounts credited to such
     Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. The Administrator
     shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7,
     the distribution of the deceased Participant's accounts to the
     Participant's Beneficiary.

          (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant, the Administrator shall
     direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the
     distribution of any remaining amounts credited to the accounts of such
     deceased Former Participant to such Former Participant's Beneficiary.

          (c) The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such
     evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the
     account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the
     Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination of
     death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be
     conclusive.

          (d) Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6,
     the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be the
     Participant's spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a
     Beneficiary other than his spouse for the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
     if:

          (1) the Participant and his spouse have validly waived the Pre-
          Retirement Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6,
          and the spouse has waived his or her right to be the Participant's
          Beneficiary, or

          (2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within
          the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to
          such effect (and there is no "qualified domestic relations order" as
          defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or

          (3) the Participant has no spouse, or

          (4) the spouse cannot be located.

          In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a
     form satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant may at any time
     revoke his designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary by filing
     written notice of such revocation or change with the Administrator.
     However, the Participant's spouse must again consent in writing to any
     change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the
     spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and
     that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right. The
     Participant may,

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
     at any time, designate a Beneficiary for death benefits payable under the
     Plan that are in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. In the
     event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists at the time of the
     Participant's death, the death benefit shall be payable to his estate.

          (e) If the Plan provides an insured death benefit and a Participant
     dies before any insurance coverage to which he is entitled under the Plan
     is effected, his death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be
     limited to the standard rated premium which was or should have been used
     for such purpose.

          (f) In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and
     the terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
     control.

6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

     In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability prior to his
Retirement Date or other termination of his employment, all amounts credited to
such Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. In the event of a
Participant's Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance
with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to
such Participant of all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account
as though he had retired.

6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

          (a) On or before the Anniversary Date, or other valuation date,
     coinciding with or subsequent to the termination of a Participant's
     employment for any reason other than retirement, death, or Total and
     Permanent Disability, the Administrator may direct that the amount of the
     Vested portion of such Terminated Participant's Combined Account be
     segregated and invested separately. In the event the Vested portion of a
     Participant's Combined Account is not segregated, the amount shall remain
     in a separate account for the Terminated Participant and share in
     allocations pursuant to Section 4.3 until such time as a distribution is
     made to the Terminated Participant. The amount of the portion of the
     Participant's Combined Account which is not Vested may be credited to a
     separate account (which will always share in gains and losses of the Trust
     Fund) and at such time as the amount becomes a Forfeiture shall be treated
     in accordance with the provisions of the Plan regarding Forfeitures.

          Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted, in the
     event that the amount of the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's
     Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market value of any insurance
     Contracts, the Trustee, when so directed by the Administrator and agreed to
     by the Terminated Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such
     Terminated Participant all Contracts on his life in such form or with such
     endorsements, so that the settlement options and forms of payment are
     consistent with the provisions of Section 6.5. In the event that the
     Terminated Participant's Vested portion does not at least equal the fair
     market value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay
     over to the Trustee the sum needed to make the distribution equal to the
     value of the Contracts being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee,
     pursuant to the Participant's election, may borrow the cash value of the
     Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the Contracts is equal to
     the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined Account and
     then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

          Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be
     made on the occurrence of an event which would result in the distribution
     had the Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon
     the Participant's death, Total and Permanent Disability, Early or Normal
     Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator
     shall direct that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's
     Combined Account to be payable to such

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
     Terminated Participant provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the
     Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. Any distribution under this
     paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies
     the provisions of Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and
     consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
     Regulations thereunder.

          Notwithstanding the above, if the value of a Terminated Participant's
     Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not
     exceed, and at the time of any prior distribution, has never exceeded
     $3,500, the Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested benefit be
     paid to such Participant in a single lump-sum without regard to the consent
     of the Participant or the Participant's spouse. A Participant's Vested
     benefit shall not include Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions within
     the meaning of Code Section 72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior
     January 1, 1989.

          (b) The Vested portion of any Participant's Account shall be a
     percentage of such Participant's Account determined on the basis of the
     Participant's number of Years of Service according to the vesting schedule
     specified in the Adoption Agreement.

          (c) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, one of the minimum top heavy vesting
     schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will
     automatically apply to the Plan. The minimum top heavy vesting schedule
     applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 41l(a)(7) except
     those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued
     before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before
     the Plan became top heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant's Vested
     percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as top heavy changes
     for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply to the account
     balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the
     Plan has initially become top heavy and the Vested percentage of such
     Employee's Participant's Account shall be determined without regard to this
     Section 6.4(c).

          If in any subsequent Plan Year, the Plan ceases to be a Top Heavy
     Plan, the Administrator shall continue to use the vesting schedule in
     effect while the Plan was a Top Heavy Plan for each Employee who had an
     Hour of Service during a Plan Year when the Plan was Top Heavy.

          (d) Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete
     discontinuance of the Employer's contributions to the Plan or upon any full
     or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts credited to the account of
     any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter
     be subject to Forfeiture.

          (e) If this is an amended or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the
     vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested percentage
     of a Participant's Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage
     attained as of the later of the effective date or adoption date of this
     amendment and restatement. The computation of a Participant's
     nonforfeitable percentage of his interest in the Plan shall not be reduced
     as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to this Article, or due
     to changes in the Plan's status as a Top Heavy Plan.

          (f) If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or if the Plan is
     amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of
     the Participants nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended
     by an automatic change to a top heavy vesting schedule, then each
     Participant with at least 3 Years of Service as of the expiration date of
     the election period may elect to have his nonforfeitable percentage
     computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
     1989, or with respect to Employees who fail to complete at least one (1)
     Hour of Service in a Plan Year

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
     beginning after December 31, 1988, five (S) shall be substituted for three
     (3) in the preceding sentence. If a Participant fails to make such Section,
     then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The
     Participant's election period shall commence on the adoption date of the
     amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of:

          (1) the adoption date of the amendment,

          (2) the effective date of the amendment, or

          (3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment
          from the Employer or Administrator.

          (g)(l) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer
     before a l-Year Break in Service occurs, he shall continue to participate
     in the Plan in the same manner as if such termination had not occurred.

          (2) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer
          before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Former
          Participant had received a distribution of his entire Vested interest
          prior to his reemployment, his forfeited account shall be reinstated
          only if he repays the full amount distributed to him before the
          earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the
          Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of
          the first period of 5 consecutive l-Year Breaks in Service commencing
          after the distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other
          than a separation from service, the time for repayment may not end
          earlier than five (5) years after the date of separation. In the event
          the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed to him,
          the undistributed portion of the Participant's Account must be
          restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring
          subsequent to the Anniversary Date or other valuation date preceding
          his termination. If an Employee receives a distribution pursuant to
          this Section and the Employee resumes employment covered under this
          plan, the Employee's Employer-derived account balance will be restored
          to the amount on the date of distribution if the Employee repays to
          the Plan the full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer
          contributions before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on
          which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or
          the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive l-Year Breaks in Service
          following the date of the distribution. If a non-Vested Former
          Participant was deemed to have received a distribution and such Former
          Participant is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive
          l-Year Breaks in Service, then such Participant will be deemed to have
          repaid the deemed distribution as of the date of reemployment.

          (3) If any Former Participant is reemployed after a 1-Year Break in
          Service has occurred, Years of Service shall include Years of Service
          prior to his l-Year Break in Service subject to the following rules:

               (i)   Any Former Participant who under the Plan does not have a
               nonforfeitable right to any interest in the Plan resulting from
               Employer contributions shall lose credits if his consecutive l-
               Year Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater of (A) five
               (5) or (B) the aggregate number of his pre-break Years of
               Service;

               (ii)  After five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, a
               Former Participant's Vested Account balance attributable to pre-
               break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break
               service;

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
               (iii) A Former Participant who is reemployed and who has not had
               his Years of Service before a l-Year Break in Service disregarded
               pursuant to (i) above, shall participate in the Plan as of his
               date of reemployment;

               (iv)  If a Former Participant completes a Year of Service 
               (a 1-Year Break in Service previously occurred, but employment
               had not terminated), he shall participate in the Plan
               retroactively from the first day of the Plan Year during which he
               completes one (1) Year of Service.

               (h) In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under
          the Plan, Years of Service shall be excluded as specified in the
          Adoption Agreement.

6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

               (a)(l) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant
          who is married on the "annuity starting date" and who does not die
          before the "annuity starting date" shall receive the value of all of
          his benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Joint
          and Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and
          shall be equal in value to a single life annuity. Such joint and
          survivor benefits following the Participant's death shall continue to
          the spouse during the spouse's lifetime at a rate equal to 50% of the
          rate at which such benefits were payable to the Participant. This
          Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be considered the designated
          qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and automatic form of payment for
          the purposes of this Plan. However, the Participant may elect to
          receive a smaller annuity benefit with continuation of payments to the
          spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) or one hundred percent
          (100%) of the rate payable to a Participant during his lifetime which
          alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal in value to the
          automatic Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. An unmarried Participant
          shall receive the value of his benefit in the form of a life annuity.
          Such unmarried Participant, however, may elect in writing to waive the
          life annuity. The election must comply with the provisions of this
          Section as if it were an election to waive the Joint and Survivor
          Annuity by a married Participant, but without the spousal consent
          requirement. The Participant may elect to have any annuity provided
          for in this Section distributed upon the attainment of the "earliest
          retirement age" under the Plan. The "earliest retirement age" is the
          earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to
          receive retirement benefits.

          (2) Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be made
          by the Participant in writing during the election period and be
          consented to by the Participant's spouse. If the spouse is legally
          incompetent to give consent, the spouse's legal guardian, even if such
          guardian is the Participant, may give consent.

          Such election shall designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits)
          that may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the consent of
          the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without
          the requirement of further consent by the spouse). Such spouse's
          consent shall be irrevocable and must acknowledge the effect of such
          election and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.
          Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the
          satisfaction of the Administrator that the required consent cannot be
          obtained because there is no spouse, the spouse cannot be located, or
          other circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations. The
          election made by the Participant and consented to by his spouse may be
          revoked by the Participant in writing without the consent of the
          spouse at any time during the election period. The number of
          revocations shall not be limited. Any new election must comply with
          the requirements of this paragraph. A former spouse's waiver shall not
          be binding on a new spouse.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
          (3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall
          be the 90 day period ending on the "annuity starting date."

          (4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, the "annuity
          starting date" means the first day of the first period for which an
          amount is paid as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable
          in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have
          occurred which entitles the Participant to such benefit.

          (5) With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide to
          the Participant no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before
          the '"annuity starting date" a written explanation of:

               (i) the terms and conditions of the Joint and Survivor Annuity,
               and

               (ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect of an
               election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

               (iii) the right of the Participant's spouse to consent to any
               election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

               (iv) the right of the Participant to revoke such election, and
               the effect of such revocation.

          (b) In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to
     paragraph (a)(2) above not to receive his benefit in the form of a Joint
     and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of
     a life annuity, the Administrator, pursuant to the election of the
     Participant, shall direct the distribution to a Participant or his
     Beneficiary any amount to which he is entitled under the Plan in one or
     more of the following methods which are permitted pursuant to the Adoption
     Agreement:

          (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

          (2) Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly, semiannual,
          or annual cash installments. In order to provide such installment
          payments, the Administrator may direct that the Participant's interest
          in the Plan be segregated and invested separately, and that the funds
          in the segregated account be used for the payment of the installments.
          The period over which such payment is to be made shall not extend
          beyond the Participant's life expectancy (or the life expectancy of
          the Participant and his designated Beneficiary);

          (3) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not
          be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending
          beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the
          Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of
          the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his
          designated Beneficiary).

          (c) The present value of a Participant's Joint and Survivor Annuity
     derived from Employer and Employee contributions may not be paid without
     his written consent if the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time
     of any prior distribution, $3,500. Further, the spouse of a Participant
     must consent in writing to any immediate distribution. If the value of the
     Participant's benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does
     not exceed $3,500 and has never exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior
     distribution, the Administrator may immediately distribute such benefit
     without such Participant's consent. No distribution may be made under the
     preceding

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
     sentence after the "annuity starting date" unless the Participant and his
     spouse consent in writing to such distribution. Any written consent
     required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than 90 days before
     commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent
     with Section 6.5(a)(2).

          (d) Any distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which exceeds,
     or has ever exceeded at the time of any prior distribution, $3,500 shall
     require such Participant's consent if such distribution commences prior to
     the later of his Normal Retirement Age or age 62. With regard to this
     required consent:

          (1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received a
          general description of the material features and an explanation of the
          relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the
          Plan that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417.

          (2) The Participant must be informed of his right to defer receipt of
          the distribution. If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be
          deemed an election to defer the commencement of payment of any
          benefit. However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits shall
          not apply with respect to distributions which are required under
          Section 6.5(e).

          (3) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be
          provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the
          "annuity starting date".

          (4) Written consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be
          made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be made
          more than 90 days before the "annuity starting date".

          (5) No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed
          under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the
          distribution.

          (e) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the
     distribution of a Participant's benefits, made on or after January 1, 1985,
     whether under the Plan or through the purchase of an annuity Contract,
     shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall
     otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder
     (including Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2), the provisions of which are
     incorporated herein by reference:

          (1) A Participant's benefits shall be distributed to him not later
          than April 1st of the calendar year following the later of (i) the
          calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1/2 or (ii) the
          calendar year in which the Participant retires, provided, however,
          that this clause (ii) shall not apply in the case of a Participant who
          is a "five (5) percent owner" at any time during the five (5) Plan
          Year period ending in the calendar year in which he attains age 70
          1/2 or, in the case of a Participant who becomes a "five (5) percent
          owner" during any subsequent Plan Year, clause (ii) shall no longer
          apply and the required beginning date shall be the April 1st of the
          calendar year following the calendar year in which such subsequent
          Plan Year ends. Alternatively, distributions to a Participant must
          begin no later than the applicable April 1st as determined under the
          preceding sentence and must be made over the life of the Participant
          (or the lives of the Participant and the Participant's designated
          Beneficiary) or, if benefits are paid in the form of a Joint and
          Survivor Annuity, the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life
          expectancies of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) in
          accordance with Regulations. For Plan Years beginning after December
          31, 1988, clause (ii) above shall not apply to any Participant unless
          the Participant had attained

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
          age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988 and was not a "five (5) percent
          owner" at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the
          calendar year in which the Participant attained age 66 1/2 or any
          subsequent Plan Year.

          (2) Distributions to a Participant and his Beneficiaries shall only be
          made in accordance with the incidental death benefit requirements of
          Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.

          Additionally, for calendar years beginning before 1989, distributions
          may also be made under an alternative method which provides that the
          then present value of the payments to be made over the period of the
          Participant's life expectancy exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the then
          present value of the total payments to be made to the Participant and
          his Beneficiaries.

          (f) For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant
     and a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall
     be redetermined annually in accordance with Regulations if permitted
     pursuant to the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant or the Participant's
     spouse may elect whether recalculations will be made, then the election,
     once made, shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the time
     distributions must commence, then the life expectancy of the Participant
     and the Participant's spouse shall not be subject to recalculation. Life
     expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy shall be computed using
     the return multiples in, Tables V and VI of Regulation 1.72-9.

          (g) All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable
     when distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased
     and distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the
     requirements of this Plan.

          (h) Subject to the spouse's right of consent afforded under the Plan,
     the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant
     has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have his
     retirement benefit paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code
     Section 401(a) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and
     Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

          (i) If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant who has not
     terminated employment is not fully Vested in his Participant's Account and
     the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account:

          (1) A separate account shall be established for the Participant's
          interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

          (2) At any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the
          separate account shall be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
          formula:

                      X equals P(AB plus (RxD)) - (R x D)

          For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at
          the relevant time, AB is the account balance at the relevant time, D
          is the amount of distribution, and R is the ratio of the account
          balance at the relevant time to the account balance after
          distribution.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

          (a) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Vested Participant
     who dies before the annuity starting date and who has a surviving spouse
     shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to his surviving
     spouse. The Participant's spouse may direct that payment of the Pre-
     Retirement Survivor Annuity commence within a reasonable period after the
     Participant's death. If the spouse does not so direct, payment of such
     benefit will commence at the time the Participant would have attained the
     later of his Normal Retirement Age or age 62. However, the spouse may elect
     a later commencement date. Any distribution to the Participant's spouse
     shall be subject to the rules specified in Section 6.6(h).

          (b) Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before
     the Participant's death must be made by the Participant in writing during
     the election period and shall require the spouse's irrevocable consent in
     the same manner provided for in Section 6.5(a)(2). Further, the spouse's
     consent must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the nonspouse Beneficiary need not be
     acknowledged, provided the consent of the spouse acknowledges that the
     spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and
     that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

          (c) The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
     shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
     attains age 35 and end on the date of the Participant's death. An earlier
     waiver (with spousal consent) may be made provided a written explanation of
     the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such
     waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of the Plan Year in which the
     Participant turns age 35. In the event a Vested Participant separates from
     service prior to the beginning of the election period, the election period
     shall begin on the date of such separation from service.

          (d) With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each
     Participant within the applicable period, with respect to such Participant
     (and consistent with Regulations), a written explanation of the Pre-
     Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that
     required pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(5). For the purposes of this paragraph,
     the term "applicable period" means, with respect to a Participant,
     whichever of the following periods ends last:

          (1) The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
          the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan
          Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35;

          (2) A reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant.
          For this purpose, in the case of an individual who becomes a
          Participant after age 32, the explanation must be provided by the end
          of the three-year period beginning with the first day of the first
          Plan Year for which the individual is a Participant;

          (3) A reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully
          subsidizes the cost of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with
          respect to the Participant;

          (4) A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11) applies
          to the Participant; or

          (5) A reasonable period after separation from service in the case of a
          Participant who separates before attaining age 35. For this purpose,
          the Administrator must provide the explanation beginning one year
          before the separation from service and ending one year after
          separation.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
          (e) The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section
     shall apply only to Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service
     on or after August 23, 1984. Former Participants who are not credited with
     an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984 shall be provided with
     rights to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Section
     303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

          (f) If the value of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from
     Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $3,500 and has never
     exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution, the Administrator
     shall direct the immediate distribution of such amount to the Participant's
     spouse. No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the
     annuity starting date unless the spouse consents in writing. If the value
     exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time of any prior distribution,
     $3,500, an immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the
     surviving spouse, provided such surviving spouse consents in writing to
     such distribution. Any written consent required under this paragraph must
     be obtained not more than 90 days before commencement of the distribution
     and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

          (g)(l) In the event there is an election to waive the Pre-Retirement
          Survivor Annuity, and for death benefits in excess of the Pre-
          Retirement Survivor Annuity, such death benefits shall be paid to the
          Participant's Beneficiary by either of the following methods, as
          elected by the Participant (or if no election has been made prior to
          the Participant's death, by his Beneficiary) subject to the rules
          specified in Section 6.6(h) and the selections made in the Adoption
          Agreement:

               (i)   One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

               (ii)  Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash
               installments over a period to be determined by the Participant or
               his Beneficiary. After periodic installments commence, the
               Beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the period over which
               such periodic installments shall be made, and the cash amount of
               such periodic installments shall be adjusted accordingly.

               (iii) If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
               Annuity are to be paid to the surviving spouse, such benefits may
               be paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, or used to purchase an
               annuity so as to increase the payments made pursuant to the Pre-
               Retirement Survivor Annuity;

          (2) In the event the death benefit payable pursuant to Section 6.2 is
          payable in installments, then, upon the death of the Participant, the
          Administrator may direct that the death benefit be segregated and
          invested separately, and that the funds accumulated in the segregated
          account be used for the payment of the installments.

          (h) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
     distributions upon the death of a Participant made on or after January 1,
     1985, shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall
     otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations
     thereunder.

          (1) If it is determined, pursuant to Regulations, that the
          distribution of a Participant's interest has begun and the Participant
          dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, the
          remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
          rapidly as under the method of distribution selected pursuant to
          Section 6.5 as of his date of death.

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
          (2) If a Participant dies before he has begun to receive any
          distributions of his interest in the Plan or before distributions are
          deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations, then his death benefit
          shall be distributed to his Beneficiaries in accordance with the
          following rules subject to the selections made in the Adoption
          Agreement and Subsections 6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(i) below:

               (i)   The entire death benefit shall be distributed to the
               Participant's Beneficiaries by December 31st of the calendar year
               in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death occurs;

               (ii)  The 5-year distribution requirement of (i) above shall not
               apply to any portion of the deceased Participant's interest which
               is payable to or for the benefit of a designated Beneficiary. In
               such event, such portion shall be distributed over the life of
               such designated Beneficiary (or over a period not extending
               beyond the life expectancy of such designated Beneficiary)
               provided such distribution begins not later than December 31st of
               the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in
               which the Participant died;

               (iii) However, in the event the Participant's spouse (determined
               as of the date of the Participant's death) is his designated
               Beneficiary, the provisions of (ii) above shall apply except that
               the requirement that distributions commence within one year of
               the Participant's death shall not apply. In lieu thereof,
               distributions must commence on or before the later of: (1)
               December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the
               calendar year in which the Participant died; or (2) December 31st
               of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained
               age 70 1/2. If the surviving spouse dies before distributions to
               such spouse begin, then the 5-year distribution requirement of
               this Section shall apply as if the spouse was the Participant.

          (3) Notwithstanding subparagraph (2) above, or any selections made in
          the Adoption Agreement, if a Participant's death benefits are to be
          paid in the form of a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, then
          distributions to the Participant's surviving spouse must commence on
          or before the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year
          immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died;
          or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant
          would have attained age 70 1/2.

          (i) For purposes of Section 6.6(h)(2), the election by a designated
     Beneficiary to be excepted from the 5-year distribution requirement (if
     permitted in the Adoption Agreement) must be made no later than December
     31st of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Participant's
     death. Except, however, with respect to a designated Beneficiary who is the
     Participant's surviving spouse, the election must be made by the earlier
     of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the
     calendar year in which the Participant died or, if later, the calendar year
     in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2; or (2) December
     31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date
     of the Participant's death. An election by a designated Beneficiary must be
     in writing and shall be irrevocable as of the last day of the election
     period stated herein. In the absence of an election by the Participant or a
     designated Beneficiary, the 5-year distribution requirement shall apply.

          (j) For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant
     and a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall
     or shall not be redetermined annually as provided in the Adoption Agreement
     and in accordance with Regulations. If the Participant or the Participant's
     spouse may elect, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, to have life
     expectancies recalculated, then the election, once made shall be
     irrevocable. If no election is made by the time distributions must
     commence, then the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's
     spouse

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
     shall not be subject to recalculation. Life expectancy and joint and last
     survivor expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables
     V and VI of Regulation Section 1.72-9.

          (k) In the event that less than 100% of a Participant's interest in
     the Plan is distributed to such Participant's spouse, the portion of the
     distribution attributable to the Participant's Voluntary Contribution
     Account shall be in the same proportion that the Participant's Voluntary
     Contribution Account bears to the Participant's total interest in the Plan.

          (1) Subject to the spouse's right of consent afforded under the Plan,
     the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant
     has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have his death
     benefits paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a)
     as in effect prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
     Responsibility Act of 1982.

6.7 TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

     Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever a distribution is to be
made, or a series of payments are to commence, on or as of an Anniversary Date,
the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun on such date or as
soon thereafter as is practicable, but in no event later than 180 days after the
Anniversary Date. However, unless a Former Participant elects in writing to
defer the receipt of benefits (such election may not result in a death benefit
that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits shall begin not later
than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the
following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the
earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the 10th
anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the
Plan; or (c) the date the Participant terminates his service with the Employer.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and, if
applicable, the Participant's spouse, to consent to a distribution pursuant to
Section 6.5(d), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of
payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

     In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the
Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted
by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to
the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary shall fully
discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account
thereof.

6.9 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

     In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a
Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant's attainment of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, remain unpaid
solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending a
registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and
after further diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant
or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture
pursuant to the Plan. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located
subsequent to his benefit being reallocated, such benefit shall be restored,
first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional Employer
contribution if necessary.

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
6.10 PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

     For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit Sharing Plans, if elected in the
Adoption Agreement, at such time as a Participant shall have attained the age
specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the
Participant, shall direct the distribution of up to the entire amount then
credited to the accounts maintained on behalf of the Participant. However, no
such distribution from the Participant's Account shall occur prior to 100%
Vesting. In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the
Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same
basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5, including, but not
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and
417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.11 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

          (a) For Profit Sharing Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement,
     the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the
     distribution to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of
     100% of his Participant's Combined Account valued as of the last
     Anniversary Date or other valuation date or the amount necessary to satisfy
     the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. Any distribution
     made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first
     day of the Plan Year or, if later, the valuation date immediately preceding
     the date of distribution, and the account from which the distribution is
     made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be
     authorized only if the distribution is on account of:

               (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by
               the Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as defined
               in Code Section 152);

               (2) The purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
               residence for the Participant;

               (3) Funeral expenses for a member of the Participant's family;

               (4) Payment of tuition for the next semester or quarter of post-
               secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
               dependents; or

               (5) The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
               principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
               Participant's principal residence.

          (b) No such distribution shall be made from the Participant's Account
     until such Account has become fully Vested.

          (c) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
     manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.12 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in
this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any "alternate payee" under
a "qualified domestic relations order." Furthermore, a distribution to an
"alternate payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a
"qualified domestic relations order," even if the affected Participant has not
reached the "earliest retirement age" under the Plan. For the purposes of this
Section, "alternate payee," "qualified domestic relations order" and "earliest
retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
6.13 SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the following shall apply to a
Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and to any
distribution, made on or after the first day of the first plan year beginning
after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to
accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section
72(o)(5)(B), and maintained on behalf of a participant in a money purchase
pension plan, (including a target benefit plan):

          (a) The Participant shall be prohibited from electing benefits in the
     form of a life annuity;

          (b) Upon the death of the Participant, the Participant's entire Vested
     account balances will be paid to his or her surviving spouse, or, if there
     is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse has already consented to
     waive his or her benefit, in accordance with Section 6.6, to his designated
     Beneficiary; and

          (c) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section and
     Section 6.5(h), the other provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.5 and 6.6 regarding
     spousal consent and the forms of distributions shall be inoperative with
     respect to this Plan.

          This Section shall not apply to any Participant if it is determined
     that this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan
     or money purchase plan, or a target benefit plan, stock bonus or profit
     sharing plan which would otherwise provide for a life annuity form of
     payment to the Participant.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                    TRUSTEE

7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities:

          (a) Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined by the
     Employer to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however,
     to the direction of an Investment Manager if the Employer should appoint
     such manager as to all or a portion of the assets of the Plan;

          (b) At the direction of the Administrator, to pay benefits required
     under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of their death,
     to their Beneficiaries;

          (c) To maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to
     the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual
     report per Section 7.7; and

          (d) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a
     majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign
     papers on their behalf.

7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

          (a) The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the
     Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in
     such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the
     Trustee shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to, stocks, common
     or preferred, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and
     real estate or any interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in
     making investments of the Trust Fund

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
     consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of
     the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the Employer. In making
     such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or
     other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law
     for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any
     limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan
     may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust.

          (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the
     terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the
     duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and
     record-keeping nature.

          (c) The Trustee may from time to time transfer to a common,
     collective, or pooled trust fund maintained by any corporate Trustee
     hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust
     Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable, and such part or all of the Trust
     Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the
     common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling
     for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other
     trusts. The Trustee may withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled
     trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem
     advisable.

          (d) The Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator and pursuant to
     instructions from the individual designated in the Adoption Agreement for
     such purpose and subject to the conditions set forth in the Adoption
     Agreement, shall ratably apply for, own, and pay all premiums on Contracts
     on the lives of the Participants. Any initial or additional Contract
     purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a face amount of not less
     than $1,000, the amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement, or the
     limitation of the Insurer, whichever is greater. If a life insurance
     Contract is to be purchased for a Participant, the aggregate premium for
     ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less than 50% of the
     aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's
     Combined Account. For purposes of this limitation, ordinary life insurance
     Contracts are Contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-
     increasing premiums. If term insurance or universal life insurance is
     purchased with such contributions, the aggregate premium must be 25% or
     less of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a
     Participant's Combined Account. If both term insurance and ordinary life
     insurance are purchased with such contributions, the amount expended for
     term insurance plus one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may
     not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions and
     Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Combined Account. The Trustee must
     distribute the Contracts to the Participant or convert the entire value of
     the Contracts at or before retirement into cash or provide for a periodic
     income so that no portion of such value may be used to continue life
     insurance protection beyond retirement. Notwithstanding the above, the
     limitations imposed herein with respect to the purchase of life insurance
     shall not apply, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan, to the portion of a
     Participant's Account that has accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years.

          Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, amounts credited
     to a Participant's Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account
     pursuant to Section 4.9, shall not be applied to the purchase of life
     insurance contracts.

          (e) The Trustee will be the owner of any life insurance Contract
     purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Contract must provide that the
     proceeds will be payable to the Trustee; however, the Trustee shall be
     required to pay over all proceeds of the Contract to the Participant's
     designated Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of
     Article Vl. A Participant's spouse will be the designated Beneficiary
     pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified election has been made in
     accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Plan, if applicable. Under no
     circumstances shall

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
     the Trust retain any part of the proceeds. However, the Trustee shall not
     pay the proceeds in a method that would violate the requirements of the
     Retirement Equity Act, as stated in Article VI of the Plan, or Code Section
     401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.

7.3 OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law,
statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall
have the following powers and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee's sole
discretion:

          (a) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property
     and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities,
     margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

          (b) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or
     otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the Trustee,
     by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the
     Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or
     to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
     other disposition, with or without advertisement;

          (c) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give
     general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of
     substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or
     other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or
     to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or
     other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary
     powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and
     generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks,
     bonds, securities, or other property;

          (d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the
     Trustee's own name or in the name of one or more of the Trustee's nominees,
     and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the books and records of
     the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of
     the Trust Fund;

          (e) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such
     amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem
     advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as
     Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part,
     of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be
     bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the
     validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;

          (f) To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances as
     the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the
     Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

          (g) to accept and retain for such time as it may deem advisable any
     securities or other property received or acquired by it as Trustee
     hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally
     be purchased as investments hereunder;

          (h) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
     of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
     necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

          (i) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts,
     or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or
     legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits
     and legal and administrative proceedings;

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
          (j) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable
     expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be
     agent or counsel for the Employer;

          (k) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the
     Trust Fund such annuity, or other Contracts (on the life of any
     Participant) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any
     time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted
     under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for
     the proceeds of all such annuity, or other Contracts as and when entitled
     to do so under the provisions thereof;

          (1) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts
     bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Trustee's bank;

          (m) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States
     government obligations;

          (n) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options
     are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange
     registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if
     the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are
     guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange;

          (o) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

          (p) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with
     assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
     created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such
     assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on
     behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided
     shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of
     the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests;

          (q) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges,
     although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem
     necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

          (r) Directed Investment Account. The powers granted to the Trustee
     shall be exercised in the sole fiduciary discretion of the Trustee.
     However, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may direct
     the Trustee to separate and keep separate all or a portion of his interest
     in the Plan; and further each Participant is authorized and empowered, in
     his sole and absolute discretion, to give directions to the Trustee in such
     form as the Trustee may require concerning the investment of the
     Participant's Directed Investment Account, which directions must be
     followed by the Trustee subject, however, to restrictions on payment of
     life insurance premiums. Neither the Trustee nor any other persons
     including the Administrator or otherwise shall be under any duty to
     question any such direction of the Participant or to review any securities
     or other property, real or personal, or to make any suggestions to the
     Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as
     promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder.
     Any such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may be
     revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may
     require. The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the
     Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
     deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law, and in such
     event, the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or
     expense which may result. Any costs and expenses related to compliance with
     the Participant's directions shall be borne by the Participant's Directed
     Investment Account.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
          Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, the Trustee
     shall not, at any time after December 31, 1981, invest any portion of a
     Directed Investment Account in "collectibles" within the meaning of that
     term as employed in Code Section 408(m).

7.4  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

          (a) If specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or, if loans
     are treated as Directed Investment pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, the
     Administrator) may, in the Trustee's (or, if applicable, the
     Administrator's) sole discretion, make loans to Participants or
     Beneficiaries under the following circumstances: (1) loans shall be made
     available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent
     basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated
     Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other
     Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4) loans
     shall be adequately secured; and (5) shall provide for periodic repayment
     over a reasonable period of time.

          (b) Loans shall not be made to any Shareholder-Employee or Owner-
     Employee unless an exemption for such loan is obtained pursuant to Act
     Section 408 and further provided that such loan would not be subject to tax
     pursuant to Code Section 4975.

          (c) Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide for a
     repayment period extending beyond such Participant's Normal Retirement
     Date.

          (d) Loans made pursuant to this Section (when added to the outstanding
     balance of all other loans made by the Plan to the Participant) shall be
     limited to the lesser of:

          (1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding
          balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant during the one year
          period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made,
          over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant
          on the date on which such loan was made, or

          (2) the greater of (A) one-half (1/2) of the present value of the non-
          forfeitable accrued benefit of the Employee under the Plan, or (B), if
          permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, $10,000.

               For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer shall be
     considered one plan. Additionally, with respect to any loan made prior to
     January 1, 1987, the $50,000 limit specified in (1) above shall be
     unreduced.

          (e) No Participant loan shall take into account the present value of
     such Participant's Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account.

          (f) Loans shall provide for level amortization with payments to be
     made not less frequently than quarterly over a period not to exceed five
     (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a
     reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as
     a principal residence of the Participant shall provide for periodic
     repayment over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans made prior to January 1, 1987 which
     are used to acquire, construct, reconstruct or substantially rehabilitate
     any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable period of time is to be used
     (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the
     Participant or a member of his family

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
     (within the meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) may provide for periodic
     repayment over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years.
     Additionally, loans made prior to January 1, 1987, may provide for periodic
     payments which are made less frequently than quarterly and which do not
     necessarily result in level amortization.

          (g)An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant's interest
     in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance
     Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a loan under this
     Section.

          (h) Any loan made pursuant to this Section after August 18, 1985 where
     the Vested interest of the Participant is used to secure such loan shall
     require the written consent of the Participant's spouse in a manner
     consistent with Section 6.5(a) provided the spousal consent requirements of
     such Section apply to the Plan. Such written consent must be obtained
     within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is made. Any security
     interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to the
     Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the
     death benefit or Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. However, no spousal
     consent shall be required under this paragraph if the total accrued benefit
     subject to the security is not in excess of $3,500.

          (i) With regard to any loans granted or renewed on or after the last
     day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, a Participant
     loan program shall be established which must include, but need not be
     limited to, the following:

          (1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer
          the Participant loan program;

          (2) a procedure for applying for loans;

          (3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

          (4) limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered,
          including what constitutes a hardship or financial need if selected in
          the Adoption Agreement;

          (5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate
          of interest;

          (6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and

          (7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken
          to preserve plan assets.

          Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a separate written
     document which, when properly executed, is hereby incorporated by reference
     and made a part of this plan. Furthermore, such Participant loan program
     may be modified or amended in writing from time to time without the
     necessity of amending this Section of the Plan.

7.5 DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

     At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from time to
time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the Trust
Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of
such payments.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
7.6 TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

     The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the
Trustee's fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in
writing by the Employer and the Trustee. An individual serving as Trustee who
already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive compensation
from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable
expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee. Such
compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or
advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind and all kinds whatsoever that
may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of,
the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

7.7 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

     Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date
or receipt of the Employer's contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or
its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement
of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made
setting forth:

          (a) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

          (b) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or
     other disposition of the assets;

          (c) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;

          (d) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and

          (e) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems
     appropriate. The Employer, forthwith upon its receipt of each such
     statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and
     advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or disapproval
     thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement of
     account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed
     an approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of any statement of
     account shall be binding as to all matters embraced therein as between the
     Employer and the Trustee to the same extent as if the account of the
     Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in an action for a judicial
     settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the
     Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the
     Plan were parties; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall
     deprive the Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if
     the Trustee so desires.

7.8 AUDIT

          (a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the Act and
     the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall
     direct the Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an independent
     qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such accountant shall, after
     an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally
     accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of
     the Plan Year, furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of his
     audit setting forth his opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or
     lists, that are required by Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be
     filed with the Plan's annual report, are presented fairly in conformity
     with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
          (b) All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may,
     at the election of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund.

          (c)  If some or all of the information necessary to enable the
     Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank,
     insurance company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and
     subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency, it shall
     transmit and certify the accuracy of that information to the Administrator
     as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days
     after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed
     under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

7.9 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

          (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer,
     at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of
     his resignation.

          (b) The Employer may remove the Trustee by mailing by registered or
     certified mail, addressed to such Trustee at his last known address, at
     least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of his
     removal.

          (c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
     Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor,
     upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering same to the
     Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with all the estate,
     rights, powers, discretions, and duties of his predecessor with like
     respect as if he were originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a
     successor is appointed, the remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full
     authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

          (d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the
     death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a
     successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation,
     the successor shall, without further act, become vested with all the
     estate, rights, powers, discretions, and duties of his predecessor with the
     like effect as if he were originally named as Trustee herein immediately
     upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of his predecessor.

          (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, he shall
     furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account
     with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which he served as
     Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual
     statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.7 or (ii)
     set forth in a special statement. Any such special statement of account
     should be rendered to the Employer no later than the due date of the annual
     statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures set forth in Section
     7.7 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall
     apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and approval
     by the Employer of any such special statement in the manner provided in
     Section 7.7 shall have the same effect upon the statement as the Employer's
     approval of an annual statement of account. No successor to the Trustee
     shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or
     transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account
     required by Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
7.10 TRANSFER OF INTEREST

     Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at
the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the Vested interest, if any,
of such Participant in his account to another trust forming part of a pension,
profit sharing, or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant's new
employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the requirements
of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made
permits the transfer to be made.

7.11 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

     The Employer agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee against any
and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur
in the exercise and performance of the Trustee's powers and duties hereunder,
unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

7.12 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

     The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold "qualifying Employer
securities" and "qualifying Employer real property," as those terms are defined
in the Act. However, no more than 100%, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or
401(k) Plan or 10%, in the case of a Money Purchase Plan of the fair market
value of all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

8.1 AMENDMENT

          (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan
     subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment which
     affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee and
     Administrator may only be made with the Trustee's and Administrator's
     written consent. Any such amendment shall become effective as provided
     therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not be required to execute
     any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the Trustee
     hereunder.

          (b) The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
     Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
     language is necessary to satisfy Code Sections 415 or 416 because of the
     required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain model
     amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically
     provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an
     individually designed plan. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other
     reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code
     Section 412(d), will no longer participate in this Regional Prototype Plan
     and will be considered to have an individually designed plan.

          (c) The Employer expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring
     organization of this Plan, the right to amend this Plan by submitting a
     copy of the amendment to each Employer who has adopted this Plan after
     first having received a ruling or favorable determination from the Internal
     Revenue Service that the Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section
     401(a) and the Act.

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
          (d) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or
     permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to
     pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any
     purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their
     Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount credited to
     the account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the
     Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer.

          (e) Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411
     (d)-4), no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan
     amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be
     effective if it eliminates or reduces any "Section 411(d)(6) protected
     benefit" or adds or modifies conditions relating to "Section 411(d)(6)
     protected benefits" the result of which is a further restriction on such
     benefit unless such protected benefits are preserved with respect to
     benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of
     the amendment.  "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" are benefits
     described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and
     retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit.

8.2 TERMINATION

          (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the
     Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice of such
     termination. Upon any full or partial termination all amounts credited to
     the affected Participants' Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested and
     shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture, and all unallocated amounts
     shall be allocated to the accounts of all Participants in accordance with
     the provisions hereof.

          (b) Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct
     the distribution of the assets to Participants in a manner which is
     consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5. Distributions
     to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the
     Adoption Agreement) or through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable
     deferred commitments from the Insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations,
     the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of "Section
     411(d)(6) protected benefits" as described in Section 8.1.

8.3 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

     This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or
liabilities may be transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which
would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination
of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at
least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had
terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation and such
merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or
reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" as described in Section
8.1(e).

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

          (a) Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing
     the Adoption Agreement in form satisfactory to the Trustee, and it shall
     provide such additional information as the Trustee may require. The consent
     of the Trustee to act as such shall be signified by its execution of the
     Adoption Agreement.

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of the
     Employer and the participation of its Participants shall be separate and
     apart from that of any other employer and its participants hereunder.

9.2 PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

     This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer
and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment
of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed
to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of
the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any
Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such
discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

9.3 ALIENATION

          (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, no benefit which shall
     be payable to any person (including a Participant or his Beneficiary) shall
     be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
     assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,
     alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same
     shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or
     subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any
     such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or
     against such person, and the same shall not be recognized except to such
     extent as may be required by law.

          (b) This provision shall not apply to the extent a Participant or
     Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, for any reason, under any provision of
     this Plan. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a
     Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit, such proportion of the amount to be
     distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the Plan, to
     apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment,
     however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given written notice by the
     Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from
     his Participant's Combined Account. If the Participant or Beneficiary does
     not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against his Vested
     Participant's Combined Account, he shall be entitled to a review of the
     validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections
     2.12 and 2.13.

          (c) This provision shall not apply to a "qualified domestic relations
     order" defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations
     orders permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions
     of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Administrator shall establish a
     written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations
     orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
     Further, to the extent provided under a "qualified domestic relations
     order", a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or
     surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

     This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Act
and the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Employer's principal
office is located, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent
not pre-empted by the Act.

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
9.5 GENDER AND NUMBER

     Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein
in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also
used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.

9.6 LEGAL ACTION

     In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust
and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee or the Administrator may
be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the
Trustee or Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust
Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other expenses pertaining
thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.

9.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

          (a) Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by
     law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by
     termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by the
     happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other
     means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund maintained
     pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or
     diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants,
     Retired Participants, or their Beneficiaries.

          (b) In the event the Employer shall make a contribution under a
     mistake of fact pursuant to Section 403(c)(2)(A) of the Act, the Employer
     may demand repayment of such contribution at any time within one (1) year
     following the time of payment and the Trustees shall return such amount to
     the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan
     attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the Employer but
     any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

9.8 BONDING

     Every Fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless exempted by
the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not less than
10% of the amount of the funds such Fiduciary handles; provided, however, that
the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond, $500,000. The amount of
funds handled shall be determined at the beginning of each Plan Year by the
amount of funds handled by such person, group, or class to be covered and their
predecessors, if any, during the preceding Plan Year, or if there is no
preceding Plan Year, then by the amount of the funds to be handled during the
then current year. The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against any
loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the Fiduciary alone or in
connivance with others. The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as such
term is used in Act Section 412(a)(2)), and the bond shall be in a form approved
by the Secretary of Labor. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary
the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the
Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

9.9 EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     Neither the Employer nor the Trustee, nor their successors, shall be
responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure
on the part of the Insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or
for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null
and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
9.10 INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     The Insurer who shall issue Contracts hereunder shall not have any
responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of
this Plan. The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and shall have no duty to
see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to
question any actions directed by the Trustee. Regardless of any provision of
this Plan, the Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it
issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

9.11 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

     Any payment to any Participant, his legal representative, Beneficiary, or
to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in
full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer.

9.12 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

     Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required
to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a
person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

9.13 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

     The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the
Administrator, (3) the Trustee, and (4) any Investment Manager appointed
hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan.
In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the
contributions provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the sole authority
to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan's
funding policy and method"; and to amend the elective provisions of the Adoption
Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The Administrator shall
have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which
responsibility is specifically described in the Plan. The Trustee shall have the
sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except
those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment
Manager, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets
assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary
warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it
shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing
for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may
rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named Fiduciary
as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to inquire
into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended
under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the
Plan. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against
investment loss or depreciation in asset value.  Any person or group may serve
in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

9.14 HEADINGS

     The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for
convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the
provisions hereof.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
9.15 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

          (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to a
     timely application filed by or in behalf of the Plan, the Commissioner of
     Internal Revenue Service or his delegate should determine that the Plan
     does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and
     501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally
     upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be void abinitio and all
     amounts contributed to the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall
     be returned within one year and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee
     shall be discharged from all further obligations. If the disqualification
     relates to an amended plan, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not
     been amended and restated. In the event that a contribution is made to the
     Plan conditioned upon qualification of the Plan as amended, such
     contribution must be returned to Employer upon the determination that the
     amended Plan fails to qualify under the Code.

          (b) Except as specifically stated in the Plan, any contribution by the
     Employer to the Trust Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the
     contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such
     deduction is disallowed, the Employer may within one (l) year following a
     final determination of the disallowance, whether by agreement with the
     Internal Revenue Service or by final decision of a court of competent
     jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the
     Trustee shall return such contribution within one (l) year following the
     disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the excess contribution
     may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto
     must reduce the amount so returned.

9.16 UNIFORMITY

     All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner.

9.17 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     Benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to Section 6.10 and Section
6.11 only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early
retirement, termination of employment, or upon Plan Termination.

                                   ARTICLE X
                            PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

10.1 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the
Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan and all of the
provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating
Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of
such Participating Employer.

10.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

          (a) Each Participating Employer shall be required to select the same
     Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the Employer other than
     the Plan Year, the Fiscal Year, and such other items that must, by
     necessity, vary among employers.

          (b) Each such Participating Employer shall be required to use the same
     Trustee as provided in this Plan.

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
          (c) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to, commingle, hold and
     invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers,
     as well as all increments thereof.

          (d) The transfer of any Participant from or to an Employer
     participating in this Plan, whether he be an Employee of the Employer or a
     Participating Employer, shall not affect such Participant's rights under
     the Plan, and all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account
     as well as his accumulated service time with the transferor or predecessor,
     and his length of participation in the Plan, shall continue to his credit.

          (e) Any expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer or
     borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating Employer in the
     same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all
     Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total standing to the
     credit of all Participants.

10.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT

     Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan;
provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee
and Administrator for the purpose of this Plan, each Participating Employer
shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent. Unless
the context of the Plan clearly indicates the contrary, the word "Employer"
shall be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its
adoption of the Plan.

10.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

     It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred between Participating
Employers, and in the event of any such transfer, the Employee involved shall
carry with him his accumulated service and eligibility. No such transfer shall
affect a termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating Employer to
which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder
with respect to such Employee in the same manner as was the Participating
Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

10.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

     Any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year
shall be allocated among all Participants of all Participating Employers in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan. On the basis of the information
furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee shall keep separate books and
records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as
to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The
Trustee may, but need not, register contracts so as to evidence that a
particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in
the event of an Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another,
the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee thereof.

10.6 AMENDMENT

     Amendment of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there shall be a
Participating Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action of each and
every Participating Employer and with the consent of the Trustee where such
consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
10.7 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

     Except in the case of a Standardized Plan, any Participating Employer shall
be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan at any time.
At the time of any such discontinuance or revocation, satisfactory evidence
thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to the
Trustee. The Trustee shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and
other Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such Participating
Employer to such new Trustee as shall have been designated by such Participating
Employer, in the event that it has established a separate pension plan for its
Employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be made if the result
is the elimination or reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" in
accordance with Section 8.1(e). If no successor is designated, the Trustee shall
retain such assets for the Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to
the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no such event shall any part of the
corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer
be used for or diverted for purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the
Employees of such Participating Employer.

10.8 ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY

     The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules
or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all Participants,
to effectuate the purpose of this Article.

10.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

     If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making
a contribution which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by reason of
having no current or accumulated earnings or profits, or because such earnings
or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have made,
then, pursuant to Code Section 404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution which
such Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for the
benefit of the Participating Employees of such Participating Employer, by other
Participating Employers who are members of the same affiliated group within the
meaning of Code Section 1504 to the extent of their current or accumulated
earnings or profits, except that such contribution by each such other
Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total current
and accumulated earnings or profits remaining after adjustment for its
contribution to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph which the total
prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated earnings or
profits of all the Participating Employers remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph.

     A Participating Employer on behalf of whose employees a contribution is
made under this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the contributing
Participating Employers.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                          CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

     Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary the provisions
of this Article shall apply with respect to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

11.1  FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

          (a) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all
     Participants made pursuant to Section 11.2(a), which amount shall be deemed
     an Employer's Elective Contribution, plus

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
          (b) If specified in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, a matching
     contribution equal to the percentage specified in the Adoption Agreement of
     the Deferred Compensation of each Participant eligible to share in the
     allocations of the matching contribution, which amount shall be deemed an
     Employer's Non-Elective or Elective Contribution as selected in the
     Adoption Agreement, plus

          (c) If specified in E4 of the Adoption Agreement, a discretionary
     amount, if any, which shall be deemed an Employer's Non-Elective
     Contribution, plus

          (d) If specified in E5 of the Adoption Agreement, a Qualified Non-
          Elective Contribution.

          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Employer's
     contributions for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount
     allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code
     Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in
     such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

          (f) Except, however, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy
     minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it
     exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount which is deductible
     under Code Section 404.

          (g) Employer Elective Contributions accumulated through payroll
     deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which
     such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general
     assets, but in any event within ninety (90) days from the date on which
     such amounts would otherwise have been payable to the Participant in cash.
     The provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2510.3-102 are
     incorporated herein by reference. Furthermore, any additional Employer
     contributions which are allocable to the Participant's Elective Account for
     a Plan Year shall be paid to the Plan no later than the twelve-month period
     immediately following the close of such Plan Year.

11.2 PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

          (a) If selected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may elect
     to defer his Compensation which would have been received in the Plan Year,
     but for the deferral election, subject to the limitations of this Section
     and the Adoption Agreement. A deferral election (or modification of an
     earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is
     currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such
     election, or if later, the latest of the date the Employer adopts this cash
     or deferred arrangement, or the date such arrangement first became
     effective. Any elections made pursuant to this Section shall become
     effective as soon as is administratively feasible.

               Additionally, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each
     Participant may elect to defer and have allocated for a Plan Year all or a
     portion of any cash bonus attributable to services performed by the
     Participant for the Employer during such Plan Year and which would have
     been received by the Participant on or before two and one-half months
     following the end of the Plan Year but for the deferral. A deferral
     election may not be made with respect to cash bonuses which are currently
     available on or before the date the Participant executed such election.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, cash bonuses attributable to services
     performed by the Participant during a Plan Year but which are to be paid to
     the Participant later than two and one-half months after the close of such
     Plan Year will be subjected to whatever deferral election is in effect at
     the time such cash bonus would have otherwise been received.

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
              The amount by which Compensation and/or cash bonuses are reduced
     shall be that Participant's Deferred Compensation and be treated as an
     Employer Elective Contribution and allocated to that Participant's Elective
     Account.

               Once made, a Participant's election to reduce Compensation shall
     remain in effect until modified or terminated. Modifications may be made as
     specified in the Adoption Agreement, and terminations may be made at any
     time. Any modification or termination of an election will become effective
     as soon as is administratively feasible.

          (b) The balance in each Participant's Elective Account shall be fully
     Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

          (c) Amounts held in the Participant's Elective Account and Qualified
     Non-Elective Account may be distributable as permitted under the Plan, but
     in no event prior to the earlier of:

               (1) a Participant's termination of employment, Total and
               Permanent Disability, or death;

               (2) a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

               (3) the proven financial hardship of a Participant, subject to
               the limitations of Section 11.8;

               (4) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time
               of Plan termination of another defined contribution plan (other
               than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
               4975(e)(7)) or the establishment of a successor defined
               contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as
               defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) by the Employer or an
               Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after
               distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the
               Employer;

               (5) the date of the sale by the Employer to an entity that is not
               an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets (within
               the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) with respect to a
               Participant who continues employment with the corporation
               acquiring such assets; or

               (6) the date of the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated
               Employer of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of
               Code Section 409(d)(3)) to an entity that is not an Affiliated
               Employer with respect to a Participant who continues employment
               with such subsidiary.

          (d) In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1987, a
     Participant's Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other
     plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan
     shall not exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in
     effect for the calendar year in which such Plan Year began. This dollar
     limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to the method provided in
     Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

          (e) In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution
     pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-l(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any other plan
     maintained by the Employer or from his Participant's Elective Account
     pursuant to Section 11.8, then such Participant shall not be permitted to
     elect to have Deferred Compensation contributed to the Plan on his behalf
     for a period of twelve (12) months following the receipt of the
     distribution. Furthermore, the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g)
     shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant's taxable year following
     the taxable year in which the hardship distribution was made, by the amount
     of such Participant's Deferred Compensation, if any, made pursuant to this
     Plan (and any other plan maintained by the Employer) for the taxable year
     of the hardship distribution.

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
          (f) If a Participant's Deferred Compensation under this Plan together
     with any elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1 (b)) under
     another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section
     401(k)), a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)),
     a salary reduction arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section
     3121(a)(5)(D)), a deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, or a
     trust described in Code Section 501(c)(18) cumulatively exceed the
     limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g) (as adjusted annually in
     accordance with the method provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to
     Regulations) for such Participant's taxable year, the Participant may, not
     later than March 1st following the close of his taxable year, notify the
     Administrator in writing of such excess and request that his Deferred
     Compensation under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the
     Participant. In such event, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
     distribute such excess amount (and any Income allocable to such excess
     amount) to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following
     the close of the Participant's taxable year. Distributions in accordance
     with this paragraph may be made for any taxable year of the Participant
     which begins after December 31, 1986. Any distribution of less than the
     entire amount of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income shall be treated
     as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income. The
     amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant's Deferred Compensation
     under the Plan for the taxable year. Any distribution on or before the last
     day of the Participant's taxable year must satisfy each of the following
     conditions:

          (1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess
          Deferred Compensation;

          (2) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan
          received the Excess Deferred Compensation; and

          (3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of
          Excess Deferred Compensation.

          For the purpose of this Section, "Income" means the amount of income
     or loss allocable to a Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation and shall
     be equal to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the taxable year of
     the Participant and the allocable gain or loss for the period between the
     end of the taxable year of the Participant and the date of distribution
     ("gap period"). The income or loss allocable to each such period is
     calculated separately and is determined by multiplying the income or loss
     allocable to the Participant's Deferred Compensation for the respective
     period by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's
     Excess Deferred Compensation for the taxable year of the Participant. The
     denominator is the balance, as of the last day of the respective period, of
     the Participant's Elective Account that is attributable to the
     Participant's Deferred Compensation reduced by the gain allocable to such
     total amount for the respective period and increased by the loss allocable
     to such total amount for the respective period.

          In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
     method" may be used to calculate the allocable income or loss for the "gap
     period". Under such "safe harbor method", allocable income or loss for the
     "gap period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the income or
     loss allocable to a Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation for the
     taxable year of the Participant multiplied by the number of calendar months
     in the "gap period".  For purposes of determining the number of calendar
     months in the "gap period", a distribution occurring on or before the
     fifteenth day of the month shall be treated as having been made on the last
     day of the preceding month and a distribution occurring after such
     fifteenth day shall be treated as having been made on the first day of the
     next subsequent month.

          Income or loss allocable to any distribution of Excess Deferred
     Compensation on or before the last day of the taxable year of the
     Participant shall be calculated from the first day of

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
     the taxable year of the Participant to the date on which the distribution
     is made pursuant to either the "fractional method" or the "safe harbor
     method".

          Notwithstanding the above, for the 1987 calendar year, Income during
     the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

          (g) Notwithstanding the above, a Participant's Excess Deferred
     Compensation shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution
     and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions pursuant to Section
     11.5(a) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the
     Participant.

          (h) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
     shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the
     Participant's Elective Account shall be used to provide benefits to the
     Participant or his Beneficiary.

          (i) Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to this Section may
     be segregated into a separate account for each Participant in a federally
     insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and
     loan association, money market certificate, or other short-term debt
     security acceptable to the Trustee until such time as the allocations
     pursuant to Section 11.3 have been made.

          (j) The Employer and the Administrator shall adopt a procedure
     necessary to implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein.

11.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

          (a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the
     name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each
     Anniversary Date, or other valuation date, all amounts allocated to each
     such Participant as set forth herein.

          (b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
     required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer's
     contributions for each Plan Year.  Within a reasonable period of time after
     the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the
     Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:

          (1) With respect to the Employer's Elective Contribution made pursuant
          to Section 11.1(a), to each Participant's Elective Account in an
          amount equal to each such Participant's Deferred Compensation for the
          year.

          (2) With respect to the Employer's Matching Contribution made pursuant
          to Section 1l. l (b), to each Participant's Account, or Participant's
          Elective Account as selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, in
          accordance with Section 11.1(b).

          Except, however, a Participant who is not credited with a Year of
          Service during any Plan Year shall or shall not share in the
          Employer's Matching Contribution for that year as provided in E3 of
          the Adoption Agreement. However, for Plan Years beginning after 1989,
          if this is a standardized Plan, a Participant shall share in the
          Employer's Matching Contribution regardless of Hours of Service.

          (3) With respect to the Employer's Non-Elective Contribution made
          pursuant to Section 11.1(c), to each Participant's Account in
          accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3(b)(2) or 4.3(b)(3),
          whichever is applicable, 4.3(k) and 4.3(1).

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
          (4) With respect to the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
          made pursuant to Section 11.1(d), to each Participant's Qualified Non-
          Elective Contribution Account in the same proportion that each such
          Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total
          Compensation of all Participants for such year. However, for any Plan
          Year beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if elected in the non-
          standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or
          after January 1, 1990, a Participant who is not credited with a Year
          of Service during any Plan Year shall not share in the Employer's
          Qualified Non-Elective Contribution for that year, unless required
          pursuant to Section 4.3(h). In addition, the provisions of Sections
          4.3(k) and 4.3(1) shall apply with respect to the allocation of the
          Employer's Qualified Non-Elective contribution.

          (c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for Plan
     Years beginning after December 31, 1988, in determining whether a Non-Key
     Employee has received the required minimum allocation pursuant to Section
     4.3(f) such Non-Key Employee's Deferred Compensation and matching
     contributions used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" test
     pursuant to Section 11.4(a) or the "Actual Contribution Percentage" test of
     Section 11.6(a) shall not be taken into account.

          (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants who
     terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share in the salary
     reduction contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination
     without regard to the Hours of Service credited.

          (e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (other than
     Sections 11.3(d) and 11.3(g)), any Participant who terminated employment
     during the Plan Year for reasons other than death, Total and Permanent
     Disability, or retirement shall or shall not share in the allocations of
     the Employer's Matching Contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1 (b), the
     Employer's Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c), the
     Employer's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section
     11.1(d), and Forfeitures as provided in the Adoption Agreement.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning after 1989, if this
     is a standardized Plan, any such terminated Participant shall share in such
     allocations provided the terminated Participant completed more than 500
     Hours of Service.

          (f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants
     terminating for reasons of death, Total and Permanent Disability, or
     retirement shall share in the allocation of the Employer's Matching
     Contribution made pursuant to Section ll.l(b), the Employer's Non-Elective
     Contributions made pursuant to Section 1 l.l(c), the Employer's Qualified
     Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section l l . l (d), and
     Forfeitures as provided in this Section regardless of whether they
     completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

          (g) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the
     contrary, if this is a non-standardized Plan that would otherwise fail to
     meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26), 410(b)(1), or
     410(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Regulations thereunder because Employer matching
     Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b), Employer Non-Elective
     Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c) or Employer Qualified Non-
     Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(d) have not been
     allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for a Plan
     Year, then the following rules shall apply:

          (1) The group of Participants eligible to share in the respective
          contributions for the Plan Year shall be expanded to include the
          minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as
          are necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified above. The
          specific Participants who shall be come eligible under the terms of
          this paragraph shall be those who are actively employed on the last
          day of the Plan Year and, when compared to

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
          similarly situated Participants, have completed the greatest number of
          Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

          (2) If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable test
          is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible to
          share for the Plan Year shall be further expanded to include the
          minimum number of Participants who are not actively employed on the
          last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy the applicable
          test. The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share
          shall be those Participants, when compared to similarly situated
          Participants, who have completed the greatest number of Hours of
          Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

11.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a) Maximum Annual Allocation: For each Plan Year beginning after
     December 31, 1986, the annual allocation derived from Employer Elective
     Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to a Participant's
     Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account shall satisfy one of
     the following tests:

          (1) The "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated
          Participant group shall not be more than the "Actual Deferral
          Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group multiplied
          by 1.25, or

          (2) The excess of the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly
          Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral Percentage"
          for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group shall not be more
          than two percentage points. Additionally, the "Actual Deferral
          Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not
          exceed the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated
          Participant group multiplied by 2. The provisions of Code Section
          401(k)(3) and Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b) are incorporated herein by
          reference.

          However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to prevent
          the multiple use of the alternative method described in (2) above and
          Code Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant eligible
          to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2 and to make
          Employee contributions or to receive matching contributions under this
          Plan or under any other plan maintained by the Employer or an
          Affiliated Employer shall have his actual contribution ratio reduced
          pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2, the provisions of which are
          incorporated herein by reference.

          (b) For the purposes of this Section "Actual Deferral Percentage"
     means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-
     Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of the
     ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in such group, of the
     amount of Employer Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective
     Contributions allocated to each Participant's Elective Account and
     Qualified Non-Elective Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant's
     "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year. The actual deferral ratio for
     each Participant and the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for each group, for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, shall be calculated to the
     nearest one-hundredth of one percent of the Participant's "414(s)
     Compensation". Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Non-Highly
     Compensated Participant's Elective Account shall be reduced by Excess
     Deferred Compensation to the extent such excess amounts are made under this
     Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer.

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
          (c) For the purpose of determining the actual deferral ratio of a
     Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member
     aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
     either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly
     Compensated Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year,
     the following shall apply:

          (1) The combined actual deferral ratio for the family group (which
          shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant) shall be the
          greater of: (i) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer Elective
          Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family Members
          who are Highly Compensated Participants without regard to family
          aggregation; and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer
          Elective Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible
          Family Members (including Highly Compensated Participants). However,
          in applying the $200,000 limit to "414(s) Compensation" for Plan Years
          beginning after December 31, 1988, Family Members shall include only
          the affected Employee's spouse and any lineal descendants who have not
          attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year.

          (2) The Employer Elective Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of
          all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes of determining
          the "Actual Deferral Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated
          Participant group except to the extent taken into account in paragraph
          (1) above.

          (3) If a Participant is required to be aggregated as a member of more
          than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members of
          those family groups that include the Participant are aggregated as one
          family group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

          (d) For the purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(k), if two or more plans which include cash or deferred
     arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section
     401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than Code Section 401(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect
     for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988), the cash or deferred
     arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement. In
     addition, two or more cash or deferred arrangements may be considered as a
     single arrangement for purposes of determining whether or not such
     arrangements satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k). In such a
     case, the cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans and the
     plans including such arrangements shall be treated as one arrangement and
     as one plan for purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(k). For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans
     may be aggregated under this paragraph (e) only if they have the same plan
     year.

          Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7)
     may not be combined with this Plan for purposes of determining whether the
     employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and Code
     Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

          (e) For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated
     Participant is a Participant under two (2) or more cash or deferred
     arrangements (other than a cash or deferred arrangement which is part of an
     employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988) of the Employer or an
     Affiliated Employer, all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be
     treated as one cash or deferred arrangement for the purpose of determining
     the actual deferral ratio with respect to such Highly Compensated
     Participant. However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if
     the cash or deferred arrangements have different Plan Years, this paragraph
     shall be applied by treating all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
     or within the same calendar year as a single arrangement.

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
11.5 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the event that the initial allocations of the Employer's Elective
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions do not satisfy one of the
tests set forth in Section 11.4, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1986, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions pursuant to the
options set forth below:

          (a) On or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the
     end of each Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant having the
     highest actual deferral ratio shall have his portion of Excess
     Contributions distributed to him and/or at his election recharacterized as
     a voluntary Employee contribution pursuant to Section 4.7 until one of the
     tests set forth in Section 11.4 is satisfied, or until his actual deferral
     ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated
     Participant having the second highest actual deferral ratio. This process
     shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 11.4 is
     satisfied. For each Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess
     Contributions is equal to the Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-
     Elective Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated
     Participant (determined prior to the application of this paragraph) minus
     the amount determined by multiplying the Highly Compensated Participant's
     actual deferral ratio (determined after application of this paragraph) by
     his "414(s) Compensation". However, in determining the amount of Excess
     Contributions to be distributed and/or recharacterized with respect to an
     affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount
     shall be reduced by any Excess Deferred Compensation previously distributed
     to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for his taxable year ending
     with or within such Plan Year. Any distribution and/or recharacterization
     of Excess Contributions shall be made in accordance with the following:

          (1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant
          to (a) above, such distribution:

               (i)   may be postponed but not later than the close of the Plan
               Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

               (ii)  shall be made first from unmatched Deferred Compensation
               and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation which
               is matched and matching contributions which relate to such
               Deferred Compensation. However, any such matching contributions
               which are not Vested shall be forfeited in lieu of being
               distributed;

               (iii) shall be made from Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
               only to the extent that Excess Contributions exceed the balance
               in the Participant's Elective Account attributable to Deferred
               Compensation and Employer matching contributions.

               (iv)  shall be adjusted for Income; and

               (v)   shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
               Excess Contributions (and Income).

          (2) With respect to the recharacterization of Excess Contributions
          pursuant to (a) above, such recharacterized amounts:

               (i)   shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the
               last of those Highly Compensated Participants with Excess
               Contributions to be recharacterized is notified of the
               recharacterization and the tax consequences of such
               recharacterization;

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
               (ii)  for Plan Years ending on or before August 8, 1988, may be
               postponed but not later than October 24, 1988;

               (iii) shall not exceed the amount of Deferred Compensation on
               behalf of any Highly Compensated Participant for any Plan Year;

               (iv)  shall be treated as voluntary Employee contributions for
               purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) and Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b).
               However, for purposes of Sections 2.2 and 4.3(f), recharacterized
               Excess Contributions continue to be treated as Employer
               contributions that are Deferred Compensation. For Plan Years
               beginning after December 31, 1988, Excess Contributions
               recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions shall
               continue to be nonforfeitable and subject to the same
               distribution rules provided for in Section 11.2(c);

               (v)   which relate to Plan Years ending on or before October 24,
               1988, may be treated as either Employer contributions or
               voluntary Employee contributions and therefore shall not be
               subject to the restrictions of Section 11.2(c);

               (vi)  are not permitted if the amount recharacterized plus
               voluntary Employee contributions actually made by such Highly
               Compensated Participant, exceed the maximum amount of voluntary
               Employee contributions (determined prior to application of
               Section 11.6) that such Highly Compensated Participant is
               permitted to make under the Plan in the absence of
               recharacterization;

               (vii) shall be adjusted for Income.

          (3) Any distribution and/or recharacterization of less than the entire
          amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata
          distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions and
          Income.

          (4) The determination and correction of Excess Contributions of a
          Highly Compensated Participant whose actual deferral ratio is
          determined under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as
          follows:

               (i)   If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly Compensated
               Participant is determined in accordance with Section
               11.4(c)(1)(ii), then the actual deferral ratio shall be reduced
               as required herein and the Excess Contributions for the family
               unit shall be allocated among the Family Members in proportion to
               the Elective Contributions of each Family Member that were
               combined to determine the group actual deferral ratio.

               (ii)  If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly Compensated
               Participant is determined under Section 11.4(c)(1)(i), then the
               actual deferral ratio shall first be reduced as required herein,
               but not below the actual deferral ratio of the group of Family
               Members who are not Highly Compensated Participants without
               regard to family aggregation. The Excess Contributions resulting
               from this initial reduction shall be allocated (in proportion to
               Elective Contributions) among the Highly Compensated Participants
               whose Elective Contributions were combined to determine the
               actual deferral ratio. If further reduction is still required,
               then Excess Contributions resulting from this further reduction
               shall be determined by taking into account the contributions of
               all Family Members and shall be allocated among them in
               proportion to their respective Elective Contributions.

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the
     Employer shall make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf
     of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy
     one of the tests set forth in Section 11.4(a). Such contribution shall be
     allocated to the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Account of each Non-
     Highly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Non-Highly
     Compensated Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total
     Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

          (c) For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income or loss
     allocable to Excess Contributions which shall equal the sum of the
     allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or loss for
     the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution
     ("gap period"). The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions for
     the Plan Year and the "gap period" is calculated separately and is
     determined by multiplying the income or loss for the Plan Year or the "gap
     period" by a traction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess
     Contributions for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction is the
     total of the Participant's Elective Account attributable to Elective
     Contributions and the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Account as of
     the end of the Plan Year or the "gap period", reduced by the gain allocable
     to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period" and increased by
     the loss allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap
     period".

          In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
     method" may be used to calculate the allocable Income for the "gap period".
     Under such "safe harbor method", allocable Income for the "gap period"
     shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the Income allocable to
     Excess Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant multiplied by the
     number of calendar months in the "gap period". For purposes of determining
     the number of calendar months in the "gap period", a distribution occurring
     on or before the fifteenth day of the month shall be treated as having been
     made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution occurring
     after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having been made on the first
     day of the next subsequent month.

          Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987, Income
     during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

          (d) Any amounts not distributed or recharacterized within 2 1/2 months
     after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the 10% Employer excise
     tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

11.6 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a) The "Actual Contribution Percentage", for Plan Years beginning
     after the later of the Effective Date of this Plan or December 31, 1986,
     for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the greater
     of:

          (1) 125 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated
              Participant group; or

          (2) the lesser of 200 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly
              Compensated Participant group, or such percentage for the Non-
              Highly Compensated Participant group plus 2 percentage points.
              However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to
              prevent the multiple use of the alternative method described in
              this paragraph and Code Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly
              Compensated Participant eligible to make elective deferrals
              pursuant to Section 11.2 or any other cash or deferred
              arrangement maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer
              and to make Employee contributions or to receive matching
              contributions under any plan maintained by the Employer or an
              Affiliated Employer shall have his actual contribution ratio
              reduced pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2. The provisions of Code
              Section 401(m) and Regulations 1.401(m)-1 (b) and 1.401(m)-2 are
              incorporated herein by reference.

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
          (b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.7, "Actual
     Contribution Percentage" for a Plan Year means, with respect to the Highly
     Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group,
     the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in
     each group) of:

          (1) the sum of Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
          Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching contributions are not
          used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 11.4), voluntary
          Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7 and Excess
          Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
          pursuant to Section 11.5 on behalf of each such Participant for such
          Plan Year; to

          (2) the Participant's "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year.

          (c) For purposes of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage"
     and the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section
     11.7(d), only Employer matching contributions contributed to the Plan prior
     to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered. In addition,
     the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to Employees
     eligible to have Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section
     11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
     allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation
     1.402(g)-l(b)) and qualified non-elective contributions (as defined in Code
     Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer.
     Such elective deferrals and qualified non-elective contributions shall be
     treated as Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-
     l(b)(2) which is incorporated herein by reference. However, for Plan Years
     beginning after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the same as the
     Plan Year of the Plan to which the elective deferrals and the qualified
     non-elective contributions are made.

          (d) For the purpose of determining the actual contribution ratio of a
     Highly Compensated Employee who is subject to the Family Member aggregation
     rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Employee is either a "five
     percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly Compensated
     Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year, the
     following shall apply:

          (1) The combined actual contribution ratio for the family group (which
          shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant) shall be the
          greater of: (i) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
          contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1 (b) (to the extent such
          matching contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in
          Section 11.4), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
          Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
          Employee contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and "414(s)
          Compensation" of all eligible Family Members who are Highly
          Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation; and
          (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
          contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1 (b) (to the extent such
          matching contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in
          Section 11.4), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
          Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
          Employee contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and "414(s)
          Compensations of all eligible Family Members (including Highly
          Compensated Participants). However, in applying the $200,000 limit to
          "414(s) Compensation" for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
          1988, Family Members shall include only the affected Employee's spouse
          and any lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 before the
          close of the Plan Year.

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
          (2) The Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1
          (b) (to the extent such matching contributions are not used to satisfy
          the tests set forth in Section 11.4), voluntary Employee contributions
          made pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as
          voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and "414(s)
          Compensation" of all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes
          of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage" of the Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant group except to the extent taken into account
          in paragraph (1) above.

          (3) If a Participant is required to be aggregated as a member of more
          than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members of
          those family groups that include the Participant are aggregated as one
          family group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

          (e) For purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b)
     and 401(m), if two or more plans of the Employer to which matching
     contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made are treated as one
     plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than the
     average benefits test under Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988), such plans shall be treated
     as one plan. In addition, two or more plans of the Employer to which
     matching contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made may be
     considered as a single plan for purposes of determining whether or not such
     plans satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m). In such a case,
     the aggregated plans must satisfy this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(m) as though such aggregated plans were a single plan. For
     plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated under
     this paragraph only if they have the same plan year.

          Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7)
     may not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of determining whether
     the employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and
     Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).

          (f) If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two or
     more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
     Section 4975(e)(7) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988) which
     are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which matching
     contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such
     contributions on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant shall be
     aggregated for purposes of determining such Highly Compensated
     Participant's actual contribution ratio. However, for Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1988, if the plans have different plan years, this
     paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans ending with or within the
     same calendar year as a single plan.

          (g) For purposes of Section 11.6(a) and 11.7, a Highly Compensated
     Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any
     Employee eligible to have matching contributions made pursuant to Section
     11.1(b) (whether or not a deferred election was made or suspended pursuant
     to Section 11.2(e)) allocated to his account for the Plan Year or to make
     salary deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2 (if the Employer uses salary
     deferrals to satisfy the provisions of this Section) or voluntary Employee
     contributions pursuant to Section 4.7 (whether or not voluntary Employee
     contributions are made) allocated to his account for the Plan Year.

          (h) For purposes of this Section, "Matching Contribution" shall mean
     an Employee contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract described in
     Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account of an Employee
     contribution made by such Participant, or on account of a Participant's
     Deferred Compensation, under a plan maintained by the Employer.

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
11.7 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a) In the event that for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1986, the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Highly Compensated
     Participant group exceeds the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-
     Highly Compensated Participant group pursuant to Section 11.6(a), the
     Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following
     the end of the Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the
     following Plan Year) shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the Highly
     Compensated Participant having the highest actual contribution ratio, his
     portion of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income allocable to such
     contributions) or, if forfeitable, forfeit such non-Vested Excess Aggregate
     Contributions attributable to Employer matching contributions (and Income
     allocable to such Forfeitures) until either one of the tests set forth in
     Section 11.6(a) is satisfied, or until his actual contribution ratio equals
     the actual contribution ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant having
     the second highest actual contribution ratio. This process shall continue
     until one of the tests set forth in Section 11.6(a) is satisfied. The
     distribution and/or Forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
     made in the following order:

          (1) Employer matching contributions distributed and/or forfeited
          pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(1);

          (2) Voluntary Employee contributions including Excess Contributions
          recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to
          Section 11.5(a)(2);

          (3) Remaining Employer matching contributions.

          (b) Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount of
     Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro rata
     distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions and Income. Distribution of
     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a
     distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income). Forfeitures of
     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section
     4.3. However, no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly Compensated
     Participant whose contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section.

          (c) Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other than
     voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited matching
     contributions, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of
     Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.

          (d) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.6, "Excess
     Aggregate Contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
     of:

          (1) the aggregate amount of Employer matching contributions made
          pursuant to Section 11.1(a) (to the extent such contributions are
          taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee
          contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions
          recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to
          Section 11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective
          deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) actually made
          on behalf of the Highly Compensated Participant group for such Plan
          Year, over

          (2) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under the
          limitations of Section 11.6(a).

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
          (e) For each Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess
     Aggregate Contributions is equal to the total Employer matching
     contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken into
     account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions made
     pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
     Employee contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and any Qualified Non-
     Elective Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to
     Section 11.6(c) on behalf of the Highly Compensated Participant (determined
     prior to the application of this paragraph) minus the amount determined by
     multiplying the Highly Compensated Participant's actual contribution ratio
     (determined after application of this paragraph) by his "414(s)
     Compensation". The actual contribution ratio must be rounded to the nearest
     one-hundredth of one percent for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1988. In no case shall the amount of Excess Aggregate Contribution with
     respect to any Highly Compensated Participant exceed the amount of Employer
     matching contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent
     taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee
     contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions
     recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
     11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals
     taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of such Highly
     Compensated Participant for such Plan Year.

          (f) The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions
     with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the
     Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as voluntary Employee
     contributions due to recharacterization for the plan year of any other
     qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401 (k))
     maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which
     are treated as voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization
     pursuant to Section 11.5.

          (g) The determination and correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions
     of a Highly Compensated Participant whose actual contribution ratio is
     determined under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as
     follows:

          (1) If the actual contribution ratio for the Highly Compensated
          Participant is determined in accordance with Section 11.6(d)(1), then
          the actual contribution ratio shall be reduced and the Excess
          Aggregate Contributions for the family unit shall be allocated among
          the Family Members in proportion to the sum of Employer matching
          contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken
          into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee
          contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7, Excess Contributions
          recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to
          Section 11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective
          deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) of each
          Family Member that were combined to determine the group actual
          contribution ratio.

          (2) If the actual contribution ratio for the Highly Compensated
          Participant is determined under Section 11.6(d)(2), then the actual
          contribution ratio shall first be reduced, as required herein, but not
          below the actual contribution ratio of the group of Family Members who
          are not Highly Compensated Participants without regard to family
          aggregation. The Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from this
          initial reduction shall be allocated among the Highly Compensated
          Participants whose Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
          Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant to Section
          11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section
          4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee
          contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective
          Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to
          Section 11.6(c) were combined to determine the actual contribution
          ratio. If further reduction is still required, then Excess Aggregate
          Contributions resulting from this further reduction shall be
          determined by taking into account the contributions of all Family
          Members and shall be allocated among them in

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
          proportion to their respective Employer matching contributions made
          pursuant to Section ll.l(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant
          to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
          Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
          Employee contributions pursuant to Section 11.5 and any Qualified Non-
          Elective Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account
          pursuant to Section 11.6(c).

          (h) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end
     of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective
     Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount
     sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 11.6. Such
     contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective
     Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the same proportion
     that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation for the year
     bears to the total Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants.
     A separate accounting shall be maintained for the purpose of excluding such
     contributions from the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests pursuant to
     Section 11.4.

          (i) For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income or loss
     allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions which shall equal the sum of
     the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or loss
     for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of
     distribution ("gap period"). The income or loss allocable to Excess
     Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year and the "gap period" is
     calculated separately and is determined by multiplying the income or loss
     for the Plan Year or the "gap period" by a fraction. The numerator of the
     fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year. The
     denominator of the fraction is the total Participant's Account and
     Voluntary Contribution Account attributable to Employer matching
     contributions subject to Section 11.6, voluntary Employee contributions
     made pursuant to Section 4.7, and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
     and elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) as of
     the end of the Plan Year or the "gap period", reduced by the gain allocable
     to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period" and increased by
     the loss allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap
     period".

          In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
     method" may be used to calculate the allocable Income for the "gap period".
     Under such "safe harbor method", allocable Income for the "gap period"
     shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the Income allocable to
     Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant
     multiplied by the number of calendar months in the "gap period". For
     purposes of determining the number of calendar months in the "gap periods,"
     a distribution occurring on or before the fifteenth day of the month shall
     be treated as having been made on the last day of the preceding month and a
     distribution occurring after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having
     been made on the first day of the next subsequent month.

          The Income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from
     recharacterization of Elective Contributions shall be determined and
     distributed as if such recharacterized Elective Contributions had been
     distributed as Excess Contributions.

          Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987, Income
     during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

11.8 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

          (a) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall
     direct the Trustee to distribute to any Participant in any one Plan Year up
     to the lesser of (1) 100% of his accounts as specified in the Adoption
     Agreement valued as of the last Anniversary Date or other valuation date or
     (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need
     of the Participant. Any

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
     distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of
     the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the valuation date immediately
     preceding the date of distribution, and the account from which the
     distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this
     Section shall be authorized only if the distribution is on account of one
     of the following or any other items permitted by the Internal Revenue
     Service:

          (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
          Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as defined in Code
          Section 152);

          (2) The purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
          residence for the Participant;

          (3) Payment of tuition for the next semester or quarter of post-
          secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
          dependents; or

          (4) The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
          principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
          Participant's principal residence.

          (b) No such distribution shall be made from the Participant's Account
     until such Account has become fully Vested.

          (c) No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the
     Administrator, based upon the Participant's representation and such other
     facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the
     following conditions are satisfied:

          (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate
          and heavy financial need of the Participant;

          (2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than
          hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available
          under all plans maintained by the Employer;

          (3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide
          that the Participant's elective deferrals and voluntary Employee
          contributions will be suspended for at least twelve (12) months after
          receipt of the hardship distribution; and

          (4) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide
          that the Participant may not make elective deferrals for the
          Participant's taxable year immediately following the taxable year of
          the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code
          Section 402(g) for such next taxable year less the amount of such
          Participant's elective deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship
          distribution.

          (d) Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant's
     Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account pursuant to this
     Section shall be limited solely to the Participant's Deferred Compensation
     and any income attributable thereto credited to the Participant's Elective
     Account as of December 31, 1988.

          (e) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
     manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 41 l(a)(l 1) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
                            AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
               COASTAL PENSION SERVICES, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST


Coastal Pension Services, Inc. Regional Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and 
Trust is hereby amended as follows:

1.   Section 1.9 is amended by replacing the first paragraph with the following
paragraphs:

     "Compensation" with respect to any Participant means one of the following
as elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, compensation for any Self-
Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

     i.   Information required to be reported under sections 6041, 6051 and 6052
     (Wages, Tips and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2). Compensation is
     defined as wages as defined in section 3401(a) and all other payments of
     compensation to an employee by the employer (in the course of the
     employer's trade or business) for which the employer is required to furnish
     the employee a written statement under sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of
     the Code. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under
     section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
     nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
     exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

     ii.  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
     meaning of section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at
     the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
     remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
     employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
     agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

     iii. 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as wages,
     salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received
     (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal
     services actually rendered in the course of employment with the employer
     maintaining the plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross
     income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen,
     compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits,
     commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and
     reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
     described in 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

          a. Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are
          not includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable year in
          which contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified
          employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible
          by the employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
          compensation;

          b. Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option,
          or when restricted stock (or property) held by the employee either
          becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
          risk of forfeiture;

          c. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
          stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          d. Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions
          made by the employer (whether or not under a salary reduction
          agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in
          section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions are
          actually excludable from the gross income of the employee).

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
     If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
     definition of Compensation has been modified, then, for Plan Years prior to
     the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment,
     Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in
     effect.

2.   Section 1.14 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to the Plan that
are made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election pursuant to Section
11.2, excluding any such amounts distributed as "excess annual additions"
pursuant to Section 4.4. In addition. if selected in E3 of the Adoption
Agreement, the Employer's matching contribution shall or shall not be considered
an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan, as provided in Section
lI.l(b). Elective Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of Sections
11.2(b) and 11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination
requirements of Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(3), the provisions of which are
specifically incorporated herein by reference.

3.   Section 1.20 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     "Excess Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable year of a
Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's Deferred
Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2(f) actually
made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the dollar
limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is incorporated herein by
reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an "annual addition"
pursuant to Section 4.4 when contributed to the Plan unless distributed to the
affected Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of
the Participant's taxable year.

4.   Section 1.26 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     "414(s) Compensation" with respect to any Employee means his Compensation
as defined in Section 1.9. However, for purposes of this Section, Compensation
shall be Compensation paid and, if selected in the Adoption Agreement, shall
only be recognized as of an Employee's effective date of participation. If, in
connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the definition of
"414(s) Compensation" has been modified, then, for Plan Years prior to the Plan
Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, "414(s) Compensation"
means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

5.   Section 1.27 ("415 Compensation") is amended by the addition of the
following paragraph:

     If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
definition of "415 Compensation" has been modified, then, for Plan Years prior
the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, "415
Compensation" means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

6.   Section 4.4(a)(4) and 4.4(a)(4)(i) are amended to read as follows:

     (4)  If there is an excess amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(2) or Section
          4.5, the excess will be disposed of in one of the following manners,
          as uniformly determined by the Plan Administrator for all Participants
          similarly situated:

          (i)  Any Deferred Compensation or nondeductible Voluntary Employee
               Contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount
               will be distributed to the Participant;

7.   Section 4.4(f)(2) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     Compensation means a Participant's Compensation as elected in the Adoption
Agreement. However, regardless of any selection made in the Adoption Agreement,
"415 Compensation" shall exclude compensation

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
which is not currently includible in the Participant's gross income by reason of
the application of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

     For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of
applying the limitations of this article, compensation for a limitation year is
the compensation actually paid or made available during such limitation year.

     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation for a participant in a
defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) is the compensation such
participant would have received for the limitation year if the participant had
been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming
permanently and totally disabled; such imputed compensation for the disabled
participant may be taken into account only if the participant is not a Highly
Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such participant are
nonforfeitable when made.

8.   Section 4.5(a) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (a) If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in
estimating a Participant's annual Compensation, a reasonable error in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of
Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6)
shall be applicable, the "annual additions" under this Plan would cause the
maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall treat
the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

9.   Sections 6.11(a)(1) and (a)(4) are amended in their entirety to read as
follows:

     (4) Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months
of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
dependents;

10.  Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following paragraphs:

     (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, with respect
to distributions made after December 31, 1992, a Participant shall be permitted
to elect to have any "eligible rollover distribution" transferred directly to an
"eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan provisions
otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct transfer
option. The Participant shall, in the time and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, specify the amount to be directly transferred and the "eligible
retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any portion of a distribution which is
not transferred shall be distributed to the Participant.

     (b) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible rollover distribution"
means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially equal periodic
payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or joint life or
joint life expectancies of the Participant and the designated beneficiary) or a
distribution over a period certain of ten years or more. Amounts required to be
distributed under Code Section 401(a)(9) are not eligible rollover
distributions. The direct transfer option described in subsection (a) applies
only to eligible rollover distributions which would otherwise be includible in
gross income if not transferred.

     (c) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible retirement plan" means
an individual retirement account as described in Code Section 408(a), an
individual retirement annuity as described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity
plan as described in Code Section 403(a), or a defined contribution plan as
described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     (d) The election described in subsection (a) also applies to the surviving
spouse after the Participant's death; however, distributions to the surviving
spouse may only be transferred to an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity. For purposes of subsection (a), a spouse or former spouse
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined
in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.

     For purposes of this section, the term "eligible retirement plan" has the
meaning given such term by Code Section 402(c)(8)(B), except that a qualified
trust shall be considered an eligible retirement plan only if it is a defined
contribution plan, the terms of which permit the acceptance of rollover
distributions.

11.  Section 11.2(d) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (d) In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986, a Participant's
Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or
arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan shall not exceed the
limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect for the calendar year in
which such Plan Year began. If such dollar limitation is exceeded solely from
elective deferrals made under this Plan or any other Plan maintained by the
Employer, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of
such excess amount which shall be distributed in a manner consistent with
Section 11.2(f). This dollar limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to
the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

12.  Section 11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph after
paragraph (f)(3) to read as follows:

     Any distribution under this Section shall be made first from unmatched
Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation
which is matched and matching contributions which relate to such Deferred
Compensation. However, any such matching contributions which are not Vested
shall be forfeited in lieu of being distributed.

13.  Section 11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph as
the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any income for
the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

14.  Section 11.5(c) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph as
the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any income for
the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

15.  Section 11.6(c) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (c) For purposes of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage'' and
the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section 11.7(d), only
Employer matching contributions (excluding matching contributions forfeited or
distributed pursuant to Section 11.2(f), 11.5(a), or 11.7(a)) contributed to

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered. In
addition, the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to
Employees eligible to have Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
Section 11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation
1.402(g)-l(b)) and qualified non-elective contributions (as defined in Code
Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such
elective deferrals and qualified non-elective contributions shall be treated as
Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(2) which is
incorporated herein by reference. However, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan
to which the elective deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are
made.

16.  Section 11.7(i) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph as
the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

     Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which is
made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any Income for
the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

17.  Sections 11.8(a)(1) and (a)(3) are amended in their entirety to read as
follows:

     (1)  Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as defined in Code Section
152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

     (3)  Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months
of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
dependents; or

18.  Section 11.8(c)(l) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and
heavy financial need of the Participant. The amount of the immediate and heavy
financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or
local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution.

19.  Article IV is amended by the addition of the following:

     Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, effective as of
the Plan Year in which this amendment becomes effective, the Actual Deferral
Percentage Test and the Actual Contribution Percentage Test shall be applied
(and adjusted) by applying the Family Member aggregation rules of Code Section
414(q)(6).

20.  Section Ela. of the Adoption Agreement is amended in its entirety to read
as follows:

     Compensation with respect to any Participant means:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>   <C>     <C>
1.    (    )  Wages, Tips and other Compensation (Box 10 on Form W-2).
 
2.    (    )  Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding purposes).
 
3.    (    )  415 Safe-harbor compensation.
</TABLE>
AND Compensation

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     (   )     shall

     (   )     shall not

     exclude (even if includible in gross income) reimbursements or other
     expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses,
     deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

21.  Section E3 of the 401(k) Adoption Agreement(s) is amended by the addition
of the following:

     ( )  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all matching
          contributions which relate to distributions of Excess Deferred
          Compensation, Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions
          shall be Forfeited. (Select this option only if it is applicable.)

NOTE: THIS AMENDMENT ONLY NEEDS TO BE EXECUTED BELOW BY THE EMPLOYER IF THE
PLAN IS BEING AMENDED TO UTILIZE THE MODIFICATIONS MADE TO SECTION El E3 OF THE
ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer hereby causes this amendment to be
executed on this ____ day of ________________, 19__.


EMPLOYER:                              PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER:


- -------------------------              -----------------------
      (enter name)                           (enter name)


By                                     By                     
   ----------------------                 --------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                            AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO
               COASTAL PENSION SERVICES, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST


1. Section 1.9 is amended by the addition of the following:

     In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the plan, and
notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of each employee
taken into account under the plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as
adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost of living in accordance
with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The cost-of-living
adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12
months, over which compensation is determined (determination period) beginning
in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12
months, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and
the denominator of which is 12.

     For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA
'93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

     If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in
determining an employee's benefits accruing in the current plan year, the
compensation for that prior determination period is subject to the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
this purpose, for determination periods beginning before the first day of the
plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.

2. Section 6.13 is amended by the addition of the following:

     If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the
Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30
days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax
Regulations is given, provided that:

     (1)  the plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the
participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the
notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and,
if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

     (2)  the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
distribution.

3. Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following:

     (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, with respect
to distributions made after December 31, 1992, a Participant shall be permitted
to elect to have any "eligible rollover distribution" transferred directly to an
"eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan provisions
otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct transfer
option. The Participant shall, in the time and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, specify the amount to be directly transferred and the "eligible
retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any portion of a distribution which is
not transferred shall be distributed to the Participant.

     (b) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible rollover distribution"
means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially equal periodic
payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or joint life or
joint life expectancies of the Participant and the designated beneficiary) or a
distribution over a period certain of ten years or more. Amounts required to be
distributed under Code Section 401 (a)(9) are not eligible rollover
distributions. The direct transfer option described in subsection (a) applies
only to eligible rollover distributions which would otherwise be includible in
gross income if not transferred.

     (c) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible retirement plan" means
an individual retirement account as 

                                       
<PAGE>
 
described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity as described
in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan as described in Code Section 403(a), or
a defined contribution plan as described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt
from tax under Code Section 501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

     (d) The election described in subsection (a) also applies to the surviving
spouse after the Participant's death; however, distributions to the surviving
spouse may only be transferred to an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity. For purposes of subsection (a), a spouse or former spouse
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined
in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.

                                       
<PAGE>
 
                            ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
 
               COASTAL PENSION SERVICES, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                    NON-STANDARDIZED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING
                                PLAN AND TRUST
 
  The undersigned Employer who adopts the Coastal Pension Services, Inc. 
Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for those Employees who shall
qualify as Participants hereunder, to be known as the
 
A1  NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS 401(K) EMPLOYEES SAVINGS & INVESTMENT PLAN
 
 
It shall be effective as of the date specified below. The Employer hereby
selects the following Plan specifications:
 
CAUTION:   The failure to property fill out this Adoption Agreement may result 
           in disqualification of the Plan.
 
EMPLOYER INFORMATION
 
B2  Name of Employer       NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS
                        --------------------------------------------------------

                        --------------------------------------------------------
 
B1  Address       8005 Harford Road
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  Baltimore                              MD                21234
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                    City                                State               Zip
 
Telephone         (410) 665-7900
                  --------------------
 
B3  Employee Identification Number     52    -       0228804
                                     -----         -----------
B4  Date Business Commenced
                            ----------------------------------
B5  TYPE OF ENTITY
 
a.  [ ] S Corporation
b.  [ ] Professional Service Corporation
c.  [X] Corporation
d.  [ ] Sole Proprietorship
e.  [ ] Partnership
f.  [ ] Other
              ----------------------------------
AND, is the Employer a member of.................................
 
g.  a controlled group?       [ ] Yes  [X] No
h.  an affiliated service group?       [ ] Yes  [X] No
 
Copyright 1991-R Coastal Pension Services, Inc.
                                       

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
B6 NAME(S) OF TRUSTEE(S)

   a.       G. RONALD JOBSON
          -------------------------

   b.       DAVID G. RITTENHOUSE
          -------------------------

   c.
          -------------------------

B7 TRUSTEES' ADDRESS

   a. [X]  Use Employer Address

   b. [ ]
          ----------------------------------------------------------------
                           Street

                                   ,
          -------------------------  ------------------------- -----------
                     City                      State               Zip


B8 LOCATION OF EMPLOYER'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE:

   a.  [X]  State   b.  [ ]  Commonwealth of    c.   Maryland and this Plan and
                                                     Trust shall be governed 
                                                     under the same.


B9 EMPLOYER FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

   Commencing on   a.   January 1st  (e.g., January 1st) and
                        -----------                         
                        month   day
   ending on   b.   December 31st.
                    ------------- 
                    month     day

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
PLAN INFORMATION

C1 EFFECTIVE DATE

   This Adoption Agreement of the Coastal Pension Services, Inc. Non-
   Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust shall:

   a. [ ]  establish a new Plan and Trust effective as of 
                                                          ---------------------
           (hereinafter called the "Effective Date").

   b. [X]  constitute an amendment and restatement in its entirety of a 
           previously established qualified Plan and Trust of the Employer  
           which was effective February 1, 1987 (hereinafter called the
           "Effective Date"). Except as specifically provided in the Plan, the
           effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 1997
           (For TRA '86 amendments, enter the first day of the Plan Year
           beginning in 1989).
 
                      
 C2 PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

    Commencing on   a.  January 1st (e.g., January 1st)

    and ending on   b.  December 31st.

    IS THERE A SHORT PLAN YEAR?

 
      c.  [X] No. 
      d.  [ ] Yes, beginning 
                            ----------------------- 
              and ending                           .
                            -----------------------
 C3 ANNIVERSARY DATE of Plan (Annual Valuation Date)
 
      a.  December 31st
 
 C4 PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer (select one)
 
      a.  [X]  001  b.  [ ]  002   c.  [ ]  003  d.  [ ] Other 
                                                              ------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
C5  NAME OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR  (Document provides for the Employer to appoint
    an Administrator. If none, is named, the Employer will become the 
    Administrator.)
 
 
    a. [X] Employer (Use Employer Address)
 
    b. [ ] Name
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
           Address
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                ,
           ---------------------   --------------------------   ---------------
                   City                      State                     Zip

           Telephone
                    --------------------------
           Administrator's I.D. Number          -
                                      --------- ---------------------

C6 PLAN'S AGENT FOR SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS
 

    a. [X] Employer (Use Employer Address)
 
    b. [ ] Name
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
           Address
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                ,
           ---------------------   --------------------------   ---------------
                   City                      State                     Zip

                                       4

<PAGE>
 
ELIGIBILITY, VESTING AND RETIREMENT AGE

D1 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (Plan Section 1.15) shall mean:
 
a.   [ ] all Employees who have satisfied the eligibility requirements.
b.   [ ] all Employees who have satisfied the eligibility requirements except 
         those checked below:

      1. [ ]   Employees paid by commissions only.
      2. [ ]   Employees hourly paid.
      3. [ ]   Employees paid by salary.
      4. [X]   Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining
               agreement between the Employer and "employee representatives" 
               under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith 
               bargaining.  For this purpose, the term "employee 
               representatives" does not include any organization more than 
               half of whose members are employees who are owners,
               officers, or executives of the Employer.
      5. [ ]   Highly Compensated Employees.
      6. [X]   Employees who are non-resident aliens who received no earned 
               income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the 
               Employer which constitutes income from sources within the 
               United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
      7. [X]   Other Piece work employees, leased employees and commissioned
               employees.
 
  NOTE:  For purposes of this section, the term Employee shall include all 
         Employees of this Employer and any leased employees deemed to be
         Employees under Code Section 414(n) or 414(o).            
 

D2 EMPLOYEES OF AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS (Plan Section 1.16)

   Employees of Affiliated Employers:

      a. [X] will not or N/A
      b. [ ] will

   be treated as Employees of the Employer adopting the Plan.

   NOTE: If D2b is elected, each Affiliated Employer should execute this
         Adoption Agreement as a Participating Employer.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
D3 HOURS OF SERVICE  (Plan Section 1.31) will be determined on the basis of the
   method selected below.  Only one method may be selected.  The method selected
   will be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.

   a. [X]  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or 
           entitled to payment.

   b. [ ]  On the basis of days worked.  An Employee will be credited with (10)
           Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited
           with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day.

   c. [ ]  On the basis of weeks worked.  An Employee will be credited forty-
           five (45) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be 
           credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week.

   d. [ ]  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods.  An Employee will be
           credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service if under the Plan 
           such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of 
           Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.

   e. [ ]  On the basis of months worked.  An Employee will be credited with one
           hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service if under the Plan such 
           Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service 
           during the month.


D4 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY  (Plan Section 3.1)
   (Check either a OR  b and c, and if applicable, d)
   Any Eligible Employee will be eligible to participate in the Plan if such
   Eligible Employee has satisfied the service and age requirements, if any,
   specified below:

 
   a.   [ ]  NO AGE OR SERVICE REQUIRED.
   b.   [X]  SERVICE REQUIREMENT.  (May not exceed 1 year)

      1. [ ] None
      2. [ ] 1/2 Year of Service
      3. [X] 1 Year of Service
      4. [ ] Other 
                   -------------------

 
   NOTE: If the Year(s) of Service selected is or includes a fractional year,
        an Employee will not be required to complete any specified number of 
        Hours of Service to receive credit for such fractional year.  If    
        expressed in Months of Service, an Employee will not be required to 
        complete any specified number of Hours of Service in a particular month.

 
   c.   [X] AGE REQUIREMENT.  (May not exceed 21)

      1. [ ]  N/A - No Age Requirement.
      2. [ ]  20 1/2
      3. [X]  21
      4. [ ]  Other 
                   ---------------------
 
   d. [ ] FOR NEW PLANS ONLY - Regardless of any of the above age or service 
       requirements, any Eligible Employee who was employed on the Effective
       Date of the Plan shall be eligible to participate hereunder and shall
       enter the Plan as of such date.
        

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
D5    ELIGIBLE DATE OF PARTICIPATION  (Plan Section 3.2)
      An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of:


 
      a.  [ ] the first day of the Plan Year in which he met the requirements.

      b.  [ ] the first day of the Plan Year in which he met the requirements, 
              if he met the requirements in the first 6 months of the Plan
              Year, or as of the first day of the next succeeding Plan Year
              if he met the requirements in the last 6 months of the
              Plan Year.     
 
      c.  [X] the earlier of the first day of the seventh month or the first 
              day of the Plan Year coinciding with or next following the date on
              which he met the requirements.          
 
      d.  [ ]  the first day of the Plan Year next following the date on which 
               he met the requirements. Eligibility must be 1/2 Year of
               Service or less and age 20 1/2 or less).     

      e.  [ ]  the first day of the month coinciding with  or next following 
               the date on which he met the requirements.

      f.  [ ]  Other:               provided that an Employee who has satisfied
                     --------------- 
              the maximum age and service requirements that are permissible in
               Section D4 above and who is otherwise entitled to participate,
               shall commence participation no later than the earlier of (a) 6
               months after such requirements are satisfied, or (b) the first
               day of the first Plan Year after such requirements are satisfied,
               unless the Employee separates from service before such
               participation date.
                
 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
D6 VESTING OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST  (Plan Section 6.4(b))

   The vesting schedule, based on number of Years of Service, shall be as
   follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
   a.    [ ] 100% upon entering Plan.  (Required if eligibility requirement is greater than one (1) Year of Service.)
<S>          <C>                           <C>             <C>   <C> <C>                  <C>
                                                                     
   b.    [ ] 0-2 years                       0%            c.    [ ] 0-4 years              0%
               3 years                     100%                        5 years            100%
                                                                                          
   d.    [X] 0-1 year                        0%            e.    [ ]   1 year              25%
               2 years                      20%                        2 years             50%
               3 years                      40%                        3 years             75%
               4 years                      60%                        4 years            100%
               5 years                      80%                                           
               6 years                     100%                                           
                                                                                          
   f.    [X]  (Effective 1/1/98)                                                          
               1 year                       20%            g.    [ ] 0-2 years              0%
               2 years                      40%                        3 years             20%
               3 years                      60%                        4 years             40%
               4 years                      80%                        5 years             60%
               5 years                     100%                        6 years             80%
                                                                       7 years            100%

</TABLE> 
           
   h.    [ ]  Other - Must be at least as liberal as either c or g above.

         Years of Service      Percentage
         ________________      __________
         ________________      __________
         ________________      __________
         ________________      __________
         ________________      __________
         ________________      __________
         ________________      __________

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
D7 FOR AMENDED PLANS  (Plan Section 6.4(f))  If the vesting schedule has been
   amended to a less favorable schedule, enter the pre-amended schedule below:
   a. [X]  Vesting schedule has not been amended or amended schedule is more
   favorable in all years.
   b. [_]  Years of Service      Percentage

           ----------------      ----------              
           ----------------      ----------    
           ----------------      ----------    
           ----------------      ----------    
           ----------------      ----------    
           ----------------      ----------    
           ----------------      ----------    


D8 TOP HEAVY VESTING  (Plan Section 6.4(c))  If this Plan becomes a Top Heavy
   Plan, the following vesting schedule, based on the number of Years of
   Service, for such Plan Year and each succeeding Plan Year, whether or not the
   Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, shall apply and shall be treated as a Plan
   amendment pursuant to this Plan. Once effective, this schedule shall also
   apply to any contributions made prior to the effective date of Code Section
   416 and/or before the Plan became a Top Heavy Plan.
 
   a.  [X]  N/A  (D6a, b, d, e or f was selected)

   b.  [_]  0-1 year          0%                c.  [_]  0-2 years      0%
              2 years        20%                           3 years    100%
              3 years        40%
              4 years        60%
              5 years        80%
              6 years        100%

   NOTE: This section does not apply to the Account balances of any Participant
   who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become top
   heavy.  Such Participant's Account balance attributable to Employer
   contributions and Forfeitures will be determined without regard to this
   section.


D9 VESTING  (Plan Section 6.4(h))  In determining Years of Service for vesting
   purposes, Years of Service attributable to the following shall be EXCLUDED:

   a. [X]  Service prior to the Effective Date          b. [X]   N/A.
      of the Plan or a predecessor plan.
                
   c. [X]  Service prior to the time an Employee        d. [_]   N/A. 
      attained age 18.  


D10  PLAN SHALL RECOGNIZE SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER
   a. [X]  No.
   b. [_]  Yes:  Years of Service with _________________________________________
           shall be recognized for the purpose of this Plan.

   NOTE: If the predecessor Employer maintained this qualified Plan, then Years
       of Service with such predecessor Employer shall be recognized pursuant to
       Section 1.74 and  b.  must be marked.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
D11  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE ("NRA")  (Plan Section 1.42) means:

     a. [X] the date a Participant attains his 65th birthday, (not to exceed
        65th) 
     b. [_] the later of the date a Participant attains his ________
         birthday (not to exceed 65th) or 
     c. ________ (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the first day of the Plan 
        Year in which participation in the Plan commenced.


D12  NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE  (Plan Section 1.43) shall commence:
 
     a. [X] as of the Participant's "NRA".
 
        OR  (must select  b.  or  c.  AND  1.  or  2.)
 
     b. [_] as of the first day of the month.....
     c. [_] as of the Anniversary Date...........
        1.  [_]  coinciding with or next following the Participant's "NRA".
        2.  [_]  nearest the Participant's "NRA".


D13  EARLY RETIREMENT DATE  (Plan Section 1.12) means the:
 
     a. [X] No Early Retirement provision provided.
     b. [_] date on which a Participant
     c. [_] first day of the month coinciding with or next
            following the date on which a Participant...       
     d. [_] Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following
            the date on which a Participant...
 
     AND,  if  b,  c, or  d, was selected

      1. [_]  attains his _____ birthday and has

      2. [_]  completed at least _____ Years of Service.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
E1  a. COMPENSATION (Plan Section 1.9) with respect to any Participant means: 

       1. [_] "415 Compensation."
       2. [X] Compensation reportable as wages on Form W-2.

    b. COMPENSATION shall be

       1. [X]  actually paid (must be selected if Plan is integrated)
       2. [_]  accrued
 
    c. HOWEVER, FOR NON-INTEGRATED PLANS, Compensation shall exclude (select
       all that apply):

       1. [X]  N/A.  No exclusions
       2. [_]  overtime
       3. [_]  bonuses
       4. [_]  commissions
       5. [_]  other ____________________
 
    d. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION E1, Compensation shall be based on:

       1. [X]  the Plan Year.
       2. [_]  the Fiscal Year coinciding with or ending within the Plan Year.
       3. [_] the Calendar Year coinciding with or ending within the Plan Year.

    NOTE: The Limitation Year shall be the same as the year on which
          Compensation is based.
 
    e.  HOWEVER, for an Employee's first year of Participation, Compensation
        shall be recognized as of:

        1. [_]  the first day of the Plan Year.
        2. [_]  the date the Participant entered the Plan.

    f.  IN ADDITION, COMPENSATION "414(s) Compensation" and 
        1. [X]  shall  
        2. [_] shall not include compensation which is not currently includible
           in the Participant's gross income by reason of the application of
           Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b).
                 
 

                                       11
<PAGE>

E2  SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT - ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION
    (Plan Section 11.2) Each Employee may elect to have his Compensation reduced
    by:
 
    a. [_]  ________%
    b. [_]  up to ________%
    c. [_]  from ________% to ________%
    d. [X]  up to the maximum percentage allowable not to exceed the limits of
            Code Sections 401(k), 404 and 415.

    AND...

    e. [X]  A Participant may elect to commence salary reductions as of Jan.
            1st, July 1st (ENTER AT LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD). A Participant may
            modify the amount of salary reductions as of Jan. 1st, July 1st
            (ENTER AT LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD).

    AND...

    Shall cash bonuses paid within 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan
    Year be subject to the salary reduction election?

    f. [ ]  Yes
    g. [X]  No
 
E3  FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S MATCHING CONTRIBUTION      
    (Plan Section 11.1(b))
 
    a. [X] N/A.  There shall be no matching contributions.

    b. [X] The Employer shall make matching contributions equal to 100% (e.g.
           50%) of the Participant's salary reductions.

    c. [X] The Employer may make matching contributions equal to discretionary
           percentage, to be determined by the Employer, of the Participant's
           salary reductions.

    d. [_] The Employer shall make matching contributions equal to the sum of
           _____% of the portion of the Participant's salary reduction which
           does not exceed _____% of the Participant's Compensation plus _____%
           of the portions of the Participant's salary reduction which exceeds
           _____% of the Participant's Compensation, but does not exceed _____%
           of the Participant's Compensation.

    e. [_] The Employer shall make matching contributions equal to the
           percentage determined under the following schedule:

           Participant's Total        Matching Percentage
           Years of Service

           -------------------        -------------------

           -------------------        -------------------
   
           -------------------        -------------------

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
FOR PLANS WITH MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

   f. [X]  Matching contributions g. [ ] shall h. [X] shall not be used in
           satisfying the deferral percentage tests. (If used, full vesting and
           restrictions on withdrawals will apply and the match will be deemed
           to be an Elective Contribution).
 
   i. [X]  Shall a Year of Service be required in order to share in the matching
           contributions?

      With respect to Plan Years beginning after 1989...

      1. [X] Yes (Could cause Plan to violate minimum participation and coverage
              requirements under Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410)

      2. [_]  No.

      With respect to Plan Years beginning before 1990...

      1. [ ]  N/A  New Plan or same as years beginning after 1989.

      2. [X]  Yes

      3. [_]  No
 
j.    [X]   In determining matching contributions, only salary reductions up
            to 5% of a Participant's Compensation will be matched.

k.    [_]   N/A                                          
        
 
l.    [_]   The matching contributions made on behalf of a Participant for any
            Plan Year shall not exceed $  ________.               

m .   [X]   N/A  
 
 
n.    [X]   Matching contributions shall be made on behalf of

      1. [X]  all Participants.
      2. [_]  only Non-Highly Compensation Employees.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
E4 WILL A DISCRETIONARY EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION BE PROVIDED (OTHER THAN A
   DISCRETIONARY MATCHING OR QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION)  (Plan Section
   11.1(c))?
 
   a. [ ]  No.
   b. [X]  Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution out of its
           current or accumulated Net Profit.
   c. [ ]  Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution which is not
           limited to its current or accumulated Net Profit.
 
   IF YES (b. or c. is selected above), the Employer's discretionary
   contribution shall be allocated as follows:
 
   d. [X]  FOR A NON-INTEGRATED PLAN

   The Employer discretionary contribution for the Plan Year shall be allocated
   in the same ratio as each Participant's Compensation bears to the total of
   such Compensation of all Participants.

   e. [ ]  FOR AN INTEGRATED PLAN

   The Employer discretionary contribution for the Plan Year shall be allocated
   in accordance with Plan Section 4.3(b)(2) based on a Participant's
   Compensation in excess of:
 
      f.    [ ]  The Taxable Wage Base.
      g.    [ ]  The greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
      h.    [ ]  _____% of the Taxable Wage Base.  (See Note below)
      i.    [ ]  $__________.  (See Note below).

   NOTE: The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be reduced to:

         1.  4.3% if h. or i. above is more than 20% and less than or equal to
             80% of the Taxable Wage Base.
         2.  5.4% if h. or i. above is less than 100% and more than 80% of the
             Taxable Wage Base.


E5 QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS  (Plan Section 11.1(d))
 
   a. [X]  N/A. There shall be no Qualified Non-Elective Contribution except as
           provided in Section 11.5(b) 11.7(h). and
 
   b. [ ]  The Employer shall make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution equal
           to ___% of the total Compensation of all Participants eligible to
           share in the allocations.
 
   c. [ ]  The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in an
           amount to be determined by the Employer.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
E6 FORFEITURES  (Plan Section 4.3(e))

   a. Forfeitures of contributions other than matching contributions shall be...

      1. [ ]  added to the Employer's contribution under the Plan.
      2. [X]  allocated to all Participants eligible to share in the allocations
              in the same proportion that each Participant's Compensation for
              the year bears to the Compensation of all Participants for such
              year.

   b. Forfeitures of matching contributions shall be...

      1. [X]  N/A.  No matching contributions or match is fully vested.
      2. [ ]  used to reduce the Employer's matching contribution.
      3. [ ]  allocated to all Participant's eligible to share in the
              allocations in proportion to each such Participant's Compensation
              for the year.
      4. [ ]  allocated to all Non-Highly Compensated Employee's eligible to
              share in the allocations in proportion to each such Participant's
              Compensation for the year.


E7 ALLOCATIONS TO ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS  (Plan Section 4.3)
   With respect to Plan Years beginning after 1989, a Participant...

   a. [X]  shall (Plan may become discriminatory)
   b. [ ]  shall not

   be required to complete a Year of Service in order to share in any Non-
   Elective Contributions (other than matching contributions) or Qualified Non-
   Elective Contributions.  For Plan Years beginning before 1990, the Plan
   provides that a Participant must complete a Year of Service to share in the
   allocations.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
E8 ALLOCATIONS TO TERMINATED PARTICIPANTS  (Plan Section 4.3(k))
   Any Participant who terminated employment during the Plan Year (i.e., not
   actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year) for reasons other than
   death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement:

   a. With respect to Employee Non-Elective Contributions (other than matching),
      Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, and Forfeitures:

      1. For Plan Years beginning after 1989.
 
         i.     [ ] N/A, Plan does not provide for such contributions.

        ii.     [X] shall share in the allocations provided such Participant
                    completed more than 500 Hours of Service (Effective 1/1/98).

        iii.    [ ] shall share in such allocations provided such Participant
                    completed a Year of Service.

        iv.     [X] shall not share in such allocations, regardless of Hours of
                    Service.

      2. For Plan Years beginning before 1990,
 
         i.     [ ] N/A, new Plan, or same as for Plan Years beginning after
                    1989.

        ii.     [ ] shall share in such allocations provided such Participant
                    completed a Year of Service.

       iii.     [X] shall not share in such allocations, regardless of Hours of
                    Service.

      NOTE:     If a.1.iii or iv is selected, the Plan could violate minimum
                participation and coverage requirements under Code Sections 
                401(a)(26) and 410.     
 
 
   b. With respect to the allocation of Employer Matching contributions, a
      Participant:
 
      1. For Plan Years beginning after 1989,
 
         i.     [ ] N/A, Plan does not provide for matching contributions.

        ii.     [ ] shall share in the allocations, regardless of Hours of
                    Service. 

       iii.     [X] shall share in the allocations provided such Participant
                    completed more than 500 Hours of Service (Effective 1/1/98).

        iv.     [ ] shall share in such allocations provided such Participant
                    completed a Year of Service.

         v.     [X] shall not share in such allocations, regardless of Hours of
                    Service.

       2. For Plan Years beginning before 1990,
 
          i.    [ ] N/A, new Plan, or same as years beginning after 1989.

         ii.    [ ] shall share in the allocations, regardless of Hours of 
                    Service.

        iii.    [ ] shall share in such allocations provided such Participant
                    completed a Year of Service.

         iv.    [X] shall not share in such allocations, regardless of Hours of
                    Service.

      NOTE:     If b.1.iv or v is selected, the Plan could violate minimum
                participation and coverage requirements under Code Section
                401(a)(26) and 410.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
E9 ALLOCATIONS OF EARNINGS  (Plan Section 4.3(c))

   Allocation of earnings with respect to amounts contributed to the Plan after
   the previous Anniversary Date or other valuation date shall be determined...

   a. [X] by using a weighted average.

   b. [ ] by treating one-half of all such contributions as being a part of the
          Participant's nonsegregated account balance as of the previous
          Anniversary Date or valuation date.

   c. [ ] by using the method specified in Section 4.3(c).

   d. [ ] Other 
               ------------------------------------------.

E10  LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS  (Plan Section 4.4)

   a. If any Participant is or was covered under another qualified defined
      contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or if the Employer maintains
      a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), or an
      individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), under
      which amounts are treated as Annual Additions with respect to any
      Participant in this Plan:

      1. [X]  N/A.

      2. [ ]  The provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Plan will apply.

      3. [ ]  Provide the method under which the Plan will limit total Annual
              Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and will properly
              reduce any Excess Amounts, in a manner that precludes Employer
              discretion.

              ------------------------------------------------------------------

              ------------------------------------------------------------------
 
              ------------------------------------------------------------------


   b. If any Participant is or ever has been a Participant in a defined benefit
      plan maintained by the Employer:

      1. [X] N/A.

      2. [ ] In any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions credited to the
             Participant under this Plan may not cause the sum of the Defined
             Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Fraction to
             exceed 1.0. If the Employer's contribution that would otherwise be
             made on the Participant's behalf during the limitation year would
             cause the 1.0 limitation to be exceeded, the rate of contribution
             under this Plan will be reduced so that the sum of the fractions
             equals 1.0. If the 1.0 limitation is exceeded because of an Excess
             Amount, such Excess Amount will be reduced in accordance with
             Section 4.4(a)(4) of the Plan.
      
      3. [ ] Provide the method under which the Plans involved will satisfy the
             1.0 limitation in a manner that precludes Employer discretion.
             
             ------------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------------

 

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
E11  DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH  (Plan Section 6.6(h))
     Distributions upon the death of a Participant prior to receiving any
     benefits shall...
     a.  [ ] be made pursuant to the election of the Participant or beneficiary.
     b.  [ ] begin within 1 years of death for a designated beneficiary and be
             payable over the life (or over a not exceeding the life
             expectancy) of such beneficiary, except that if the beneficiary
             is the Participant's spouse, begin with the time the Participant
             would have attained age 70 1/2.
     c.  [X] be made within 5 years of death for all beneficiaries.
     d.  [ ] Other ____________________________________________.
 
E12  LIFE EXPECTANCIES (Plan Section 6.5(f)) for minimum distributions required
     pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) shall...
     a.  [X] be recalculated at the Participant's election.
     b.  [ ] be recalculated.
     c.  [ ] not be recalculated.

E13  CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION

     Distributions upon termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.4(a) of
     the Plan shall not be made unless the following conditions have been
     satisfied:
     a.  [ ] N/A. Immediate Distributions may be made at Participant's election.
     b.  [ ] The Participant has incurred _____ 1-Year Break(s) in Service.
     c.  [ ] The Participant has reached his or her Early or Normal Retirement
             Age.
     d.  [ ] Distributions may be made at the Participant's election on or after
             the termination of employment. Anniversary Date following
     e.  [X] Other Distributions may be made on or after valuation date, 
                   -----------------------------------------------------
             June 30th or December 31st, following termination of employment.
             ----------------------------------------------------------------

E14  FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS  (Plan Sections 6.5 and 6.6)
     Distributions under the Plan may be made...
     a.  1. [ ] in lump sum.
         2. [X] in lump sums or installments.
     b.  AND, pursuant to Plan Section 6.13,
         1. [ ] no annuities are allowed (avoids Joint and Survivor rules).
         2. [X] annuities are allowed (Plan Section 6.13 shall not apply).
     NOTE:  b.1 above may not be elected if this is an amendment to a plan which
            permitted annuities as a form of distribution or if this Plan has
            accepted a plan to plan transfer of assets from a plan which
            permitted annuities as a form of distribution.
     c.  AND may be made in...
         1. [ ] cash only (except for insurance or annuity contracts).
         2. [X] cash or property.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
TOP HEAVY REQUIREMENTS

F1 TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS  (Plan Section 4.3(i)):  When a Non-Key Employee is a
   Participant in this Plan and a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the
   Employer, indicate which method shall be utilized to avoid duplication of top
   heavy minimum benefits.

   a. [X]  The Employer does not maintain a Defined Benefit Plan.
   b. [ ]  A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 5% of each Non-Key
           Employee's total Compensation shall be provided in this Plan, as
           specified in Section 4.3(i). The Defined Benefit and Defined
           Contribution Fractions will be computed using 100% if this choice is
           selected).
   c. [ ]  A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 7 1/2% of each Non-Key
           Employee's total Compensation shall be provided in this Plan, as
           specified in Section 4.3(i). (If this choice is selected, the Defined
           Benefit and Defined Contribution Fractions will be computed using
           125% for all Plan Years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super
           Top Heavy.)
   d. [ ]  Specify the method under which the Plans will provide top heavy
           minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that will preclude Employer
           discretion and avoid inadvertent omissions, including any adjustments
           required under Code Section 415(e).
           
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

F2 PRESENT VALUE OF ACCRUED BENEFIT  (Plan Section 2.2) for Top Heavy purposes
   where the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan in addition to this Plan,
   shall be based on...

   a. [X]  N/A. The Employer does not maintain a defined benefit plan.

   b. [ ]  Interest Rate:
                         -------------------
           Mortality Table:
                           -----------------
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
F3 TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS:  Employer maintaining two (2) or more Defined
   Contribution Plans.

   a. [X]  N/A.

   b. [ ]  A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 3% of each Non-Key
           Employee's total Compensation shall be provided in the Money Purchase
           Plan (or other plan subject to Code Section 412), where the Employer
           maintains two (2) or more non-paired Defined Contribution Plans.

   c. [ ]  Specify the method under which the Plans will provide top heavy
           minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that will preclude Employer
           discretion and avoid inadvertent omissions, including any adjustments
           required under Code Section 415(e).

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
G1 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.4)
   a. [ ]  Yes, loans may be made up to $50,000 or 1/2 Vested interest.
   b. [X]  No, loans may not be made.
 
   If YES, (check all that apply)...
 
   c. [ ]  loans shall be treated as a Directed Investment.
   d. [ ]  loans shall only be made for hardship or financial necessity.
   e. [ ]  the minimum loan shall be $1,000.
   f. [ ]  $10,000 de minimis loans may be made regardless of Vested interest.
           (If selected, plan may need security in addition to Vested interest)
 
   NOTE: Department of Labor Regulations require the adoption of a SEPARATE
         written loan program setting forth the requirements outlined in Plan
         Section 7.4. 
 
G2 DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS (Plan Section 4.8) are permitted for the
   interest in any one or more accounts.

   a. [X]  Yes, regardless of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan
           (Effective 7/1/98) (See Addendum).
   b. [ ]  Yes, but only with respect to the Participant's Vested interest in
           the Plan.
   c. [ ]  Yes, but only with respect to those accounts which are 100% Vested.
   d. [ ]  No directed investments are permitted.
 
 
G3 TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS (Plan Section 4.6)
   a. [X]  Yes, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers) will be allowed.
   b. [ ]  No, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers) will not be
           allowed. AND, transfers shall be permitted...
   c. [ ]  from any Employee, even if not a Participant.
   d. [X]  from Participants  only.
 
G4 EMPLOYEES' VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.7)
   a. [ ]  YES, Voluntary Contributions are allowed subject to the limits of
           Section 4.10.
   b. [X]  No, Voluntary Contributions will not be allowed.

   NOTE: TRA '86  subjects voluntary contributions to strict discrimination
         rules.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
G5 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.11 and 11.8)

   a. [ ]  Yes, from any accounts which are 100% Vested.
   b. [X]  Yes, from Participant's Elective Account only.
   c. [ ]  Yes, but limited to the Participant's Account only.
   d. [ ]  No.

   NOTE: Distributions from a Participant's Elective Account are limited to the
         portion of such account attributable to such Participant's Deferred
         Compensation and earnings attributable thereto up to December 31, 1988.
         Also hardship distributions are not permitted from a Participant's
         Qualified Non-Elective Account.


G6 PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION (Plan Section 6.10)

   a. [X]  If a Participant has reached the age of 59 1/2, distributions may be
           made, at the Participant's election, from any accounts which are 100%
           Vested without requiring the Participant to terminate employment.
   b. [ ]  No pre-retirement distribution may be made.
 
   NOTE: Distribution from a Participant's Elective Account and Qualified 
         Non-Elective Account are not permitted prior to age 59 1/2.
 
G7 LIFE INSURANCE (Plan Section 7.2(d) may be purchased with Plan contributions.
 
   a. [X]  No life insurance may be purchased.
   b. [ ]  Yes, at the option of the Administrator.
   c  [ ]  Yes, at the option of the Participant.

   AND, the purchase of initial or additional life insurance shall be subject to
   the following limitations: (select all that apply)
 
   d. [X]  N/A, no limitations.
   e. [ ]  each initial Contract shall have a minimum face amount of $ ______.
   f. [ ]  each additional Contract shall have a minimum face amount 
           of $ ______.
   g. [ ]  the Participant has completed ______ Years of Service.
   h. [ ]  the Participant has completed ______ Years of Service while a
           Participant in the Plan.
 .  i. [ ]  the Participant is under age ______ on the Contract issue date.
   j. [ ]  the maximum amount of all Contracts on behalf of a Participant shall
           not exceed $ ______
   k. [ ]  the maximum face amount of life insurance shall be $ ______

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the National
Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the plan is qualified
under Code Section 401.  In order to obtain reliance with respect to plan
qualification, the Employer must apply to the appropriate Key District Office
for a determination letter.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with basic Plan document
#01.  This Adoption  Agreement and the basic Plan document shall together be
known as Coastal Pension Services, Inc.  Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan #01-005.

The adoption of this Plan, its qualification by the IRS, and the related tax
consequences are the responsibility of the Employer and its independent tax and
legal advisors.

Coastal Pension Services, Inc. will notify the Employer of any amendments made
to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan provided this
Plan has been acknowledged by Coastal Pension Services, Inc. or its authorized
representative.  Furthermore, in order to be eligible to receive such
notification, we agree to notify Coastal Pension Services, Inc. of any change in
address.

                                       23

<PAGE>
 
   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and Trustee hereby cause this Plan to be
executed on this _______ day of October, 1997.  Furthermore, this Plan may not
be used unless acknowledged by Coastal Pension Services, Inc. or its authorized
representative.


EMPLOYER:


NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS              /s/ G. Ronald Jobson
- --------------------------              --------------------  
   (enter name)                         TRUSTEE


By: /s/ G. Ronald Jobson
    ----------------------              --------------------
                                        TRUSTEE



PARTICIPATING  EMPLOYER:                
                                        --------------------
                                        TRUSTEE

- --------------------------                                                      
   (enter name)


By: 
   -----------------------

   This Plan may not be used, and shall not be deemed to be a Regional Prototype
   Plan, unless an authorized representative of Coastal Pension Services, Inc.
   has acknowledged the use of the Plan.  Such acknowledgment is for
   administerial purposes only.  It acknowledges that the Employer is using the
   Plan but does not represent that this Plan, including the choices selected on
   the Adoption Agreement, has been reviewed by a representative of the sponsor
   or constitutes a qualified  retirement plan.


   Coastal Pension Services, Inc.


   By: 
      ---------------------------
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
                      ADDENDUM TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
                          NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS
                   401(K) EMPLOYEE SAVINGS & INVESTMENT PLAN

   SECTION G2 (DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS)
   ----------                               

   Participants may direct the investment of the Salary Reduction Contribution
   Account and any Rollover Account. The investment of the Profit Sharing
   Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account will be directed by
   the Trustees of the Plan.

                                       25

<PAGE>
 
                           SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

                               FOR USE WITH THE

                   PROTOTYPE CASH OR DEFERRED PROFIT-SHARING
                       PLAN AND TRUST/CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

                            BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #04



PLAN NAME:  Northfield Federal Savings & Loan Association, Inc. 401(k) Employee
            Savings and Investment Plan

ADDRESS:       Northfield Federal Savings & Loan Association, Inc.
               1844 E. Joppa Road
               Baltimore, MD 21234


EMPLOYER'S PLAN NUMBER:  001

DATE:     January, 1991



                                                   MHC
                                                   June 1990
<PAGE>
 
                           SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
                           ------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    ----
<S>            <C>                                  <C>
 
Section I      INTRODUCTION                            1
               ------------
Section II     PLAN DATA
               ---------
 
               Agent For Service Of Legal Process      1
               Custodian                               1
               Effective Date                          1
               Employer                                1
               Plan Administrator                      1
               Plan Year                               1
               Trustee                                 1
               Type of Administration                  1
 
Section III    DEFINITIONS
               -----------
 
               Break In Service                        1
               Compensation                            2
               Disability                              2
               Early Retirement                        2
               Effective Date                          2
               Elective Deferral                       2
               Entry Date                              2
               Highly Compensated Employee             2
               Hour Of Service                         2
               Maternity/Paternity Leave               2
               Normal Retirement Age                   3
               Spouse                                  3
               Year Of Service                         3
 
Section IV     ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND            3
               ----------------------------
               PARTICIPATION
               -------------
 
Section V      EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
               ----------------------
 
               Elective Deferrals                      3
               Voluntary Contributions                 4
               Rollover And Transfer Contributions     4
 
Section VI     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
               ----------------------

               Contribution Formula                    4
               Eligibility For Allocation              5
 
Section VII    GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS                  5
               ----------------------
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>            <C>                                  <C>
Section VIII   PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS                    5
               --------------------
 
Section IX     VESTING
               -------
 
               Determining Vested Benefit              6
               Payment Of Vested Benefit               6
               Loss Of Benefits                        7
               Reemployment                            7
 
Section X      TOP-HEAVY RULES                         7
               ---------------
 
Section XI     RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND
               -----------------------
               DISTRIBUTIONS
               -------------
 
               Retirement Benefits                     8
               Distributions During Employment         8
               Beneficiary                             9
               Death Benefits                          9
               Form Of Payment                         9
               Time Of Payment                        10
               Annuity Rules                          10
 
Section XII    INVESTMENTS
               -----------
 
               Insurance Policies                     10
 
Section XIII   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION              10
               -------------------------
 
Section XIV    LEGAL PROVISIONS
               ----------------
 
               Rights Of Participants                 11
               Fiduciary Responsibility               12
               Employment Rights                      12
               Benefit Insurance                      12
               Claims Procedure                       12
               Assignment                             13
               Questions                              13
               Conflicts With Plan                    13
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
I    INTRODUCTION

     A retirement program has been set up to help supplement your income during
     your retirement years.  Under the program, the Northfield Federal Savings
     and Loan Association (the Savings & Loan) makes contributions to a Trust
     Fund/Custodial account which will pay you a benefit at retirement.  The
     following is a summary of the important provisions of the Savings & Loan's
     Retirement Plan.  If you terminate employment before reaching retirement,
     you may be entitled to receive a benefit if you have completed enough Years
     of Service. Further details about how the Plan works are contained in this
     summary. While this summary describes most of the principal provisions of
     the Plan, it does not include every limitation or detail.  Every attempt
     has been made to provide concise and accurate information.  IF, HOWEVER,
     THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THIS BOOKLET AND THE OFFICIAL PLAN DOCUMENT,
     THE PLAN DOCUMENT SHALL GOVERN.  If you want to read the entire Plan, you
     may obtain a copy from the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may
     charge a reasonable fee for providing you with the copy.
 
II   PLAN DATA
 
     A.    AGENT FOR SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS: Northfield Federal Savings
                        and Loan Association
 
     B.    EFFECTIVE DATE: Amended Plan: The Effective Date of the
                           original Plan was: February 1, 1987  ;
                                             -------------------
                           the Effective Date of this Amended Plan is:
                           January 1, 1989.
                           ----------------
 
     C.    EMPLOYER:         Northfield Federal Savings & Loan Association, Inc.
                             ---------------------------------------------------
           ADDRESS:          1844 E. Joppa Road, Baltimore, MD 21234
                             ---------------------------------------
           TELEPHONE NO.:    (301) 665-9000
                             --------------
           TAX I.D. NO.:     52-0228804
                             ----------
 
     D.    PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: The Savings & Loan administers the Plan through a
                               -------------------------------------------------
           committee appointed by the Board of Directors.
           ---------------------------------------------
 
     E.    PLAN YEAR:   The 12-month period beginning on     January 1       and
                        --------------------------------------------------------
           ending on    December 31                          .
           --------------------------------------------------
 
     F.    TRUSTEE(S):     Signet Trust Company
                           ------------------------------------------
           ADDRESS:        Suite 210, 10400 Little Patuxent Pkwy
                           ------------------------------------------
                           Columbia, MD 21044
                           ------------------------------------------
           TELEPHONE NO.:  (301) 332-5555
                           ------------------------------------------
           TAX I.D. NO.:   52-0514424
                           ------------------------------------------
 
     G.    TYPE OF ADMINISTRATION:   Trust Fund

III  DEFINITIONS

     A. BREAK IN SERVICE. A 12-consecutive month period during which you are not
        credited with or are not paid for more than 500 hours. If you go into
        the military service of the United States, you are not considered
        terminated as long as you return to work within the time required by
        law. If you separate from employment and incur a Break in Service, all
        contributions to your various accounts are suspended. [See special rules
        relating to maternity and paternity leave below.] If 

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
        a Break in Service occurs and you return to full time employment with
        the Savings and Loan, your rights are explained in the section entitled
        "Vesting".

     B. COMPENSATION. Your total salary, pay, or earned income from the Savings
        and Loan, as reflected on tax Form W-2 and received by you during the
        calendar year.

        Compensation includes Savings and Loan contributions made to this or
        another plan under a Salary Savings Agreement.

     C. DISABILITY. A potentially permanent illness or injury, as certified to
        by a physician who is approved by the Savings and Loan, which prevents
        you from engaging in work for which you are qualified for a period of at
        least 12 months.

     D. EARLY RETIREMENT. Early Retirement is not provided under the Plan.

     E. EFFECTIVE DATE. The date on which the Plan starts or an amendment is
        effective.

     F. ELECTIVE DEFERRAL. Savings and Loan contributions made to the Plan at
        your election, instead of being given to you in cash as part of your
        salary. You can elect to defer a portion of your salary, instead of
        receiving it in cash, and the Savings and Loan will contribute it to the
        Plan on your behalf.

     G. ENTRY DATE. The date on which you enter the Plan after having met the
        Plan's eligibility requirements. The Entry Date for this Plan is: the
        first day of the Plan Year after the date you satisfy the eligibility
        requirements.

     H. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. Any Employee who during the current or
        prior Plan Year (1) was a 5% owner, (2) received more than $75,000 in
        compensation as adjusted for inflation, (3) received more than $50,000
        in compensation as adjusted for inflation and was in the top 20% of
        Employees when ranked by compensation, or (4) was an officer receiving
        more than $45,000 in compensation as adjusted for inflation. Family
        members of any 5% owner, or Highly Compensated Employee in the group of
        the ten Employees with the greatest Compensation, will be combined as if
        they were one person for purposes of Compensation and contributions. If
        you are not currently or never were Highly Compensated, or a family
        member of a Highly Compensated Employee, you are a Non-highly
        Compensated Employee.

     I. HOUR OF SERVICE. You will receive credit for each hour you are (1) paid
        for being on your job, (2) paid even if you are not at work (vacation,
        sickness, leave of absence, or disability), or (3) paid for back pay if
        hours were not already counted. A maximum of 501 hours will be credited
        for any year you are not at work but are paid. Hours of Service will be
        calculated based on actual hours you work.

     J. MATERNITY/PATERNITY LEAVE. You may be eligible for additional Hours of
        Service if you leave employment, even if temporarily, due to childbirth
        or adoption. If this is the case, you will be credited with enough Hours
        (up to 501) of Service to prevent a Break in Service, either in the year
        you leave employment or the following year. For example, if you have 750
        Hours of Service when your child is born, you would not get any more
        hours credited for that Plan Year since you do not have a Break in
        Service. Therefore, if you do not return to employment 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
        the following year, you will get 501 Hours of Service so that you will
        not have a Break in Service in that year. Alternatively, if you do not
        have a Break in Service, but only work 300 hours, you will receive an
        additional 201 hours in order to prevent a break. These Hours of Service
        for maternity or paternity leave must all be used in one Plan Year. They
        are used only to prevent a Break in Service and not for calculating your
        Years of Service for eligibility, vesting or benefits.

     K. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. You reach Normal Retirement Age under our plan
        when you attain age 65.

     L. SPOUSE. The person to whom you are or were legally married, or your
        common law Spouse if common law marriage is recognized by the state in
        which you live. In order for your Spouse to receive a benefit under this
        Plan, he or she may not predecease you. A former spouse may be treated
        as a "Spouse" under this definition if recognized as such under a
        qualified domestic relations order as explained at section XIV(F) of
        this Summary Plan Description.

     M. YEAR OF SERVICE. For purposes of determining whether or not you are
        entitled to have a contribution allocated to your account, a Year of
        Service is a 12-month consecutive month period, which is the same as the
        Plan Year, during which you are credited with at least 1000 Hours of
                                                              ------
        Service. For purposes of determining whether or not you are vested in
        your account balance, a Year Service is a 12-consecutive month period
        during which you are credited with 1000 Hours of Service.
                                          ------ 

IV   ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND PARTICIPATION

     If you have completed 1/2 Year of Service and have attained age 20 1/2, you
                           ---                                       ------     
     are eligible  for participation. The Plan will not cover Employees who are
     non-resident aliens who receive no U.S. earned income from the Savings and
     Loan.

     The Plan will also exclude employees covered by a collectively bargained
     agreement where retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
     bargaining, piece-work employees, leased employees, and commissioned
     employees.

     Your participation in the Plan will begin on the Entry Date specified at
     Section III(G).

V    EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

     A.   ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

          You, as an eligible Employee, may authorize the Savings and Loan to
          withhold from 1 % up to 20 % of your Compensation, not to exceed
                       ----      -----
          $7,000 as adjusted for inflation, and to deposit such amount in the
          Plan fund. If you participated in a similar plan of an unrelated
          employer and your Elective Deferrals under this Plan and the other
          plan exceed the $7,000 limit for a given year, you must designate one
          of the Plans as receiving an excess amount. If you choose this Plan as
          the one receiving the excess, you must notify the Plan Administrator
          by March 1 of the following year so that the excess and any income
          thereon may be returned to you by April 15. You may increase,
          decrease, or terminate your Elective Deferral percentage on any
          January 1 and on any July 1, provided that you notify 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          the Savings & Loan at least 30 days before making this change.

          If you terminate contributions, you may not reinstate payroll
          withholding for a period of 12 months.

          The Savings and Loan may also reduce or terminate your withholding if
          required to maintain the Plan's qualified status.

     B.   VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

          You may make personal after-tax contributions to the Plan in any
          amount. You are not required to make Voluntary Contributions.
          Voluntary Contributions are not tax-deductible, but the investment
          earnings are tax-deferred until paid to you under the terms of the
          Plan.

     C.   ROLLOVER AND TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS

          Rollover Contributions are permitted, but you must be a Participant in
          the plan. Transfer Contributions are also permitted, but again you
          must be a Participant. The Savings & Loan can refuse to allow Transfer
          Contributions to this plan if the transfer will affect the plan's
          ability to offer lump sum distributions as the normal form of
          distribution.

VI   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

     A.   CONTRIBUTION FORMULA
 
          (1)  Elective Deferrals:

               The Savings and Loan will contribute all Compensation which you
               elected to defer to the Plan.

          (2)  Matching Contributions:

               The Savings and Loan will contribute an amount equal to 100% of
                                                                       ----   
               your Elective Deferrals but will not match any Elective Deferrals
               in excess of 5% of your Compensation.

               Savings and Loan Matching Contributions will only be made for
               employee Contributions not withdrawn prior to the end of the
               valuation period.

          (3)  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions:

               The Savings and Loan may also contribute an additional amount
               determined in its sole judgement. This additional contribution,
               if any, will be allocated to only Non-highly Compensated
               Participants in proportion to each eligible Employee's
               Compensation as a ratio of all eligible Employees' Compensation.
               These contributions will be nonforfeitable and subject to the
               same withdrawal restrictions as Elective Deferrals.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          (4)  Discretionary:

               The Savings and Loan may also contribute an additional amount
               determined in its sole judgement. Such additional contributions,
               if any, shall be allocated to Participants as follows: In
               proportion to each Participant's Compensation.

               These contributions may or may not be nonforfeitable.

     B.   ELIGIBILITY FOR ALLOCATION

          The Savings and Loan's contribution other than Matching Contributions
          will be allocated among all Participants who are employed at the end
          of the Plan Year provided that the Employee has completed a Year of
          Service for allocation accrual purposes, during the Plan Year. If so
          indicated, the Savings and Loan shall also make a contribution for
          each Participant who separated from employment during the Plan Year as
          a result of retirement, disability, or death.

          Matching Contributions will only be allocated to Participants who
          actually defer Compensation under the Plan.

VII  GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

     The federal government sets certain limitations on the level of
     contributions which may be made to a Plan such as this.  There is also a
     "percentage" limitation which means that the percentage of Compensation
     which you may contribute (both Elective Deferrals and, if applicable,
     Voluntary Contributions) depends on the average percentage of Compensation
     that the other participants are contributing.  Simply stated, all
     Participants are divided into 2 categories: Highly Compensated  and Non-
     highly Compensated and the average for each group is calculated.  The
     average contribution that the Highly Compensated group may make is based on
     the average contribution that the Non-highly Compensated make.  If a Highly
     Compensated Participant is contributing more than he or she is allowed, the
     excess plus or minus any gain or loss will either be returned or if
     permitted, recharacterized as Voluntary Contributions.  Keep in mind that
     if you are a 5% owner of the business or one of the ten highest paid
     employees, your family member's contribution percentage and Compensation
     will be combined with yours for purposes of determining your contributions
     under the Plan.

VIII PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

     The Savings and Loan will set up a record keeping account in your name to
     show the value of your retirement benefit.  The Savings and Loan will make
     the following additions to your account:

     A. your allocated share of the Savings and Loan's Contribution (including
        your Elective Deferrals),

     B. the amount of your personal Employee Voluntary Contributions, Transfer
        Contributions and Rollover Contributions, if any,

     C. your share of forfeited accounts of former employees. (These are amounts
        left behind by employees who terminated before becoming 100% vested in
        their benefit), and

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     D. your share of investment earnings and appreciation in the value of
        investments.

     The Savings and Loan will make the following subtractions from your
     account:

     E. any withdrawals or distributions made to you, and

     F. your share of investments losses and depreciation in the value of
        investments.

     The Savings and Loan will give you a statement showing the additions to and
     subtractions from your account semi-annually.

IX   VESTING (APPLICABLE TO PARTICIPANTS WHO ACCRUE ONE HOUR OF SERVICE IN 1989
     OR SUBSEQUENT PLAN YEARS.)

     A.   Determining Vested Benefit

          Vesting refers to your earning or acquiring a nonforfeitable right to
          the full amount of your account(s). Any Employee Contribution
          (including Elective Deferrals), Rollover Contribution, or Transfer
          Contribution, plus or minus any earnings or losses, is always 100%
          vested and cannot be forfeited for any reason.

          You will become vested in any contributions (other than the
          contributions mentioned in the preceding paragraph), together with any
          earnings or losses attributable to such contributions, in accordance
          with the following vesting schedule:

               Your Years of Service     Your Vested Percentage
               ---------------------     ----------------------
               Less than 1                        0%
                    1                            20%
                    2                            40%
                    3                            60%
                    4                            80%
                    5 or more                   100%

     You are considered to have completed 1 Year of Service for purposes of
     vesting upon the completion of 1,000 Hours of Service at any time during
     the Plan Year.  Service prior to the Effective Date of the Plan is not
     counted for purposes of vesting.  Years of Service which you complete prior
     to age 18 will also not count for purposes of vesting.

     You automatically become fully vested, regardless of the vesting table,
     upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Early Retirement Age, upon
     retirement due to Disability, upon death, and upon termination of the Plan.

     B.   PAYMENT OF VESTED BENEFIT

          If you terminate your employment before your retirement, death, or
          Disability, you may request early payment of your vested benefit by
          submitting a written request to the Plan Administrator. If your vested
          account balance at the time of 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          termination exceeds $3,500, you may defer the payment of your benefit
          until April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year during
          which you attain age 70-1/2. If you are not 100% vested when you
          terminate employment, the portion of your account balance to which you
          are not entitled, is called a "forfeiture" and remains in the Plan for
          the benefit of other Participants.

          For example, suppose you have worked for the Savings & Loan for three
          years, but decide to terminate your employment for personal reasons.
          Suppose that during your three years of employment, the Savings & Loan
          made contributions to this Plan on your behalf that with earnings has
          amounted to $1,500. In accordance with the Vesting Schedule on the
          previous page, you are 60% vested. Therefore, you may request that the
          Savings & Loan pay you 60% of $1,500, which is $900. A payment to you
          of $900 leaves $600 as a forfeiture. Other participants in the Plan
          will share in this $600 at a future point in time.

     C.   LOSS OF BENEFITS

          There are only two events which can cause loss of all or a portion of
          your account. One is termination of employment before you are 100%
          vested according to the vesting table described at IX(A) and the other
          is a decrease in the value of your account from investment losses or
          administrative expenses and other costs of maintaining the Plan.

     D.   REEMPLOYMENT

          If you terminate service with the Savings and Loan, then later become
          reemployed, you will become a Participant as of the next Entry Date
          upon returning to employment. A new account will be established on
          your behalf. All Years of Service will be counted when calculating
          your vested percentage in your new account balance.

          If your prior termination of employment resulted in part of your
          account balanced becoming a forfeiture, you may be entitled to have
          the forfeited amount reinstated to your account. There are some
          specific steps which you must take, and there are time limits that
          must be met if you want to have your forfeiture reinstated to your
          account. Therefore, you should check with the Plan Administrator
          immediately upon your reemployment to determine whether you are
          eligible for reinstatement of forfeited balances.

X    TOP-HEAVY RULES

     A "top-heavy" plan is one in which more than 60% of the contributions or
     benefits are attributable to certain "key employees", such as owners,
     officers and stockholders.  If the Plan becomes top-heavy in any year, you
     may be entitled to certain minimum benefits.  The Plan Administrator is
     responsible for determining  each year if the plan is "top-heavy".

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
XI   RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     A.   RETIREMENT BENEFITS

          If not already paid to you, the full value of your account balance is
          generally payable at Normal Retirement Age. If you work beyond your
          Normal Retirement Age, and have not separated from Service, you can
          request commencement of benefit payments. In either event, you will
          continue to fully participate in the Plan. The latest commencement
          date for payment of your benefits is generally April 1 of the year
          following your attainment of age 70-1/2, even if you are still
          employed. If you separate from Service before retirement, you may
          elect to receive payments at that time or any time prior to Normal
          Retirement.

     B.   DISTRIBUTIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT

          Benefits are not normally payable prior to your separation from
          employment. There are four possible exceptions to this rule.
 
          First, you can always withdraw all or any part of your personal
          Employee Voluntary Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and Transfer
          Contributions and the earnings thereon.

          Second, if you are 100% fully vested, and have attained age 59-1/2,
          you may withdraw any or all Savings and Loan Contributions that have
          been in the account at least two years, plus the investment earnings
          thereon.

          Third, hardship withdrawals are permitted. You may file a written
          request for a hardship withdrawal of Savings and Loan-related
          contributions (to the extent vested) and the investment earnings
          thereon, and Elective Deferrals and the earnings thereon as of
          December 31, 1988. You must have your Spouse's written consent for a
          hardship withdrawal. Prior to receiving a hardship distribution, you
          must take any other nontaxable distribution and borrow the maximum
          nontaxable loan amount allowed under this and other plans of the
          Savings and Loan. Hardship withdrawals may be authorized by the
          Savings and Loan for the following reasons:

          (1) to assist you in purchasing a personal residence which is your
              primary place of residence (not including mortgage payments),

          (2) to assist you in paying post-secondary tuition expenses for you or
              your dependents for the next academic period,

          (3) to assist you in paying actual expenses incurred on behalf of you
              or your dependents for hospitalization, doctor or surgery expenses
              which are not covered by insurance, or

          (4) to prevent your eviction from a foreclosure on your principal
              residence.

          Any hardship distribution is limited to the amount needed to meet the
          financial need. Hardship withdrawals must be approved by the Savings
          and Loan and will 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
          be administered in a nondiscriminatory manner. Such withdrawals will
          not affect your eligibility to continue to participate in Savings and
          Loan Contributions to the Plan. Any withdrawals you receive under
          these rules may not be recontributed to the Plan and may be subject to
          taxation, as well as an additional 10% penalty tax if the withdrawal
          is received before you reach age 59-1/2. If you receive a hardship
          withdrawal, there will be a one-year mandatory suspension of your
          right to make Elective Deferrals and Voluntary Contributions under the
          Plan.

     C.   BENEFICIARY

          Every Participant or former Participant may designate a person (or
          persons) who is to receive benefits under the Plan in the event of his
          or her death. The designation must be made on a form provided by and
          returned to the Plan Administrator. You may change your designation at
          any time. If you are married, your beneficiary will automatically be
          your Spouse. If you and your Spouse wish to waive this automatic
          designation, you must complete a beneficiary designation form. The
          form must be signed by you and your Spouse and witnessed by either a
          Plan representative or a Notary Public.

     D.   DEATH BENEFITS

          In the event of your death, the full value of your account is payable
          to your beneficiary in a lump sump, or in installments payable over
          any period which does not exceed the life expectancy of your
          beneficiary. If the Plan Administrator so notifies you, the
          beneficiary may also be paid in the form of an annuity. See the
          special annuity rules at (G). If you die after benefit payments have
          started under an installment option and after the attainment of age 
          70-1/2, your beneficiary will continue to receive payments in
          accordance with your payment option selected.

     E.   FORM OF PAYMENT

          When benefits become due, you or your representative should apply to
          the Savings and Loan requesting payment of your account and specifying
          the manner of payment. The normal or automatic form of payment is
          generally a lump sum, unless the Plan Administrator notifies you
          otherwise. [See the annuity rules at (G) below.] If you do not wish to
          receive the normal form of payment when your payments are due to
          start, you may request your benefit in any of the optional forms
          indicated:

          1.  lump sum,

          2.  installment payments,

          3.  a life annuity,

          4.  a joint and 50%, 75%, or 100% survivor annuity.

          Selection of an optional form of payment may require the written
          consent of your Spouse. Payments may not be made over any period which
          exceeds the life expectancy of you and your beneficiary. The life
          expectancy of you and/or your Spouse may be recalculated annually at
          your discretion.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     F.   TIME OF PAYMENT

          (1) If you retire, become disabled, or die, payments will start as
              soon as administratively feasible following the date on which a
              distribution is requested by you or is otherwise payable.

          (2) If you terminate for a reason other than death, Disability, or
              retirement, payment will start as soon as administratively
              feasible following the date on which a distribution is requested
              by you or is otherwise payable.

     G.   ANNUITY RULES

          If the benefit under the Plan is payable in the form of an annuity,
          the Plan is subject to the annuity rules. Under these rules, there are
          two automatic methods of payment for vested Participants depending on
          your marital status. If you do not choose another form of payment
          (such as a lump sum or installments), the normal form to be paid is a
          straight life annuity if you are not married at your retirement date,
          or a qualified joint and survivor annuity if you are married. Under a
          straight life annuity, you will receive equal monthly payments for as
          long as you live. No further payments will be made after your death.
          Under a qualified joint and survivor annuity, you will receive a
          reduced benefit each month for your lifetime. After you die, 50 % of
                                                                      ----
          that amount will be paid each month to your Spouse for his or her
          lifetime. The amount of your monthly benefit is reduced under a joint
          and survivor annuity because it is expected that payments will be made
          over two lifetimes instead of one. You may choose another form of
          payment by filling out the proper form and returning it to the Plan
          Administrator. In order to choose another form of payment or a
          beneficiary other than your Spouse, you must make a proper election,
          with your Spouse's written consent. Such election must be witnessed by
          a Plan representative or Notary. Written notice of these rules will be
          provided to you on a timely basis. If you die while still employed by
          the Savings and Loan, or die after you retire or terminate employment
          but before benefit payments start, your surviving Spouse will be
          entitled to a life annuity based on the value of your account. These
          payments will continue for your Spouse's lifetime unless he or she
          chooses to accelerate such payments. Again, you and your Spouse can
          waive this coverage by obtaining the proper form from the Plan
          Administrator and completing it.

XII  INVESTMENTS

     INSURANCE POLICIES

     Insurance policies are permitted as an investment of the Plan.  You may
     elect to use a portion of your account balance for the purchase of
     insurance.  If you are interested in this option, you may obtain an
     Insurance Form from the Plan Administrator.  The Form provides the
     information you will need to arrange for the purchase of insurance.

XIII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     The Savings and Loan or the Sponsor may amend the Plan at any time,
     provided that no amendment will divert any part of the Plan's assets 
     to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of you

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
     and the other Participants in the Plan or eliminate an optional form of
     distribution. The Savings and Loan may also terminate the Plan. In the
     event of a full or partial termination, all amounts credited to your
     account will be fully vested and will be paid to you as directed by the
     Savings and Loan. Depending on the facts and circumstances, a partial
     termination may be found to occur where a significant number of Employees
     are terminated by the Savings and Loan. In case of a partial termination,
     only those who separated from Service will become 100% vested.

XIV  LEGAL PROVISIONS

     A.   RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS

          As a Plan Participant, you have certain rights and protections under
          the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). The law
          says that you are entitled to:

          (1) Examine, without charge, all documents relating to the operation
              of the Plan and any documents filed with the U.S. Department of
              Labor. These documents are available for review in the Savings and
              Loan's offices during regular business hours.

          (2) Obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information
              upon written request to the Savings and Loan. The Savings and Loan
              may make a reasonable charge for producing the copies.

          (3) Receive from the Savings and Loan at least once each year a
              summary of the Plan's annual financial report.

          (4) Obtain, at least once a year, a statement of the total benefits
              accrued for you, and your nonforfeitable (vested) benefits, if
              any.

          (5) File suit in a federal court, if any materials requested are not
              received within 30 days of your request, unless the materials were
              not sent because of matters beyond the control of the Savings and
              Loan. If you are improperly denied access to information you are
              entitled to receive, the Savings and Loan may be required to pay
              up to $100 for each day's delay until the information is provided
              to you.

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
     B.   FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

          ERISA also imposes obligations upon the persons who are responsible
          for the operation of the Plan. These persons are referred to as
          "fiduciaries." Fiduciaries must act solely in your interest as a Plan
          Participant and they must exercise prudence in the performance of
          their duties. Fiduciaries who violate ERISA may be removed and
          required to reimburse any losses they have caused you or your Plan.

     C.   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

          PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN IS NOT A GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT. However,
          the Savings and Loan may not fire you or discriminate against you to
          prevent you from becoming eligible for the Plan or from obtaining a
          benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

     D.   BENEFIT INSURANCE

          Your benefits under this Plan are not insured by the Pension Benefit
          Guaranty Corporation since the law does not require termination
          insurance for this type of Plan.

     E.   CLAIMS PROCEDURE

          If you feel you are entitled to a benefit under the Plan, mail or
          deliver your written claim to the Plan Administrator. The Plan
          Administrator will notify you, your beneficiary, or authorized
          representative of the action taken within 60 days of receipt of the
          claim. If you believe that you are being improperly denied a benefit
          in full or in part, the Savings and Loan must give you a written
          explanation of the reason for the denial. If the Savings and Loan
          denies your claim, you may, within 60 days after receiving the denial,
          submit a written request asking the Savings and Loan to review your
          claim for benefit. Any such request should be accompanied by documents
          or records in support of your appeal. You, your beneficiary, or your
          authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit
          issues and comments in writing. If you get no satisfaction from the
          Savings and Loan, you have the right to request assistance from the
          U.S. Department of Labor or you can file suit in a state or federal
          court. Service of legal process may be made upon the Plan Trustee or
          the Plan Administrator. If you are successful in your lawsuit, the
          court may require the Savings and Loan to pay your legal cost,
          including your attorney's fees. If you lose, and the court finds that
          your claim is frivolous, you may be required to pay the Savings and
          Loan's legal fees.

     F.   ASSIGNMENT

          Your rights and benefits under this Plan cannot be assigned, sold,
          transferred or pledged by you or reached by your creditors (subject to
          state law) or anyone else except under a qualified domestic relations
          order. A qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) is a court order
          issued under state domestic relations law relating to divorce, legal
          separation, custody or support proceedings. The QDRO recognizes the
          right of someone other than you to receive your Plan benefits. You

                                      12
<PAGE>
 
          will be notified if a QDRO on your Plan benefits is received. Finally,
          receipt of a qualified domestic relations order will allow for an
          earlier than normal distribution to the person(s) other than the
          Participant listed in the order.

     G.   QUESTIONS

          If you have any questions about this statement of your rights under
          ERISA, please contact the Savings and Loan or the nearest Area Office
          of the U.S. Labor-Management Service Administration, Department of
          Labor.

     H.   CONFLICTS WITH PLAN

          This booklet is not the Plan document, but only a Summary Plan
          Description of its principal provisions and not every limitation or
          detail of the Plan is included. Every attempt has been made to provide
          concise and accurate information. However, if there is a discrepancy
          between this booklet and the official Plan document, the Plan document
          shall prevail.

                                      13

<PAGE>
 
                          NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS
                          401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

          INVESTMENT ELECTION UPON INITIAL OFFERING OF COMPANY STOCK


All Participants in the Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
will be given an opportunity to make a one-time election to purchase Company
stock under the plan with all or a portion of their existing account balance.
Once this one-time election period ends, no additional Company stock will be
offered as an investment under the plan.

If you wish to use some or all of your assets presently invested in other funds
for the purchase of Company stock, please indicate your election below:

I WISH TO DESIGNATE THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGE(S) OF MY ASSETS TO BE USED FOR THE
PURCHASE OF COMPANY STOCK:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                        PERCENTAGE TO BE
                                                                       USED FOR PURCHASE
                                                                        OF COMPANY STOCK
                                                                        ----------------
     <S>                                                                <C> 
     Assets presently in Small World Fund                               _______________%
                                                                 
     Assets presently in Growth Fund of America                         _______________%
                                                                 
     Assets presently in Investment Company of America                  _______________%
                                                                 
     Assets presently in Cash Management Trust of America               _______________%

     Assets presently in U.S. Government Guaranteed Securities Fund     _______________%
</TABLE> 


- --------------------------    --------------------------------------------------
Date                          Signature of Participant


                              --------------------------------------------------
                              PRINT NAME
<PAGE>
 
                          NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS
                          401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                  PARTICIPANT'S DIRECTED INVESTMENT ELECTION


As a Participant under the Northfield Federal Savings 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan, I hereby elect to direct the Trustees of the Plan as to the investment of
my account balance, subject to the provisions of the Plan regarding directed
investments.

I understand that my directed investment account shall not share in the general
Trust Fund earnings, but shall be charged or credited as appropriate with the
net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as appreciations or
depreciations in market value of assets during each Plan Year attributable to
such account.  I also understand that my account will be charged with any costs
of expenses attributable to the establishment and/or maintenance of my directed
investment account.

I understand the Trustees shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or
expense which may arise or result from compliance with any directions I may
give.

This designation shall remain in effect until such time as I specifically revoke
it by filling a new PARTICIPANT'S DIRECTED INVESTMENT ELECTION before January
1st of the year of revocation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereto set (his) (her) hand and seal
this ______ day of _______________________, 19__.


                        DIRECTED INVESTMENT ALLOCATION
                             AMERICAN FUNDS GROUP

______% ______ SMALL World Fund

______% ______ The Growth Fund of America

______% ______ The Investment Company of America

______% ______ The Cash Management Trust of America

______% ______ U.S. Government Guaranteed Securities Fund

______%        Total Percentage Must Equal 100%

( )  A.  Future Contributions Only          ( )  B.  My Existing Account Balance

                    ( )  C.  Future Contributions as well
                              as existing account balance


- -------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
(Witness)                           (Participant)

 
- -------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
For the Trustees                         For the Administrator

<PAGE>
 
               [Housley Kantarian & Bronstein, P.C. Letterhead]


                                October 1, 1998



Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
1844 E. Joppa Road
Baltimore, Maryland 21234

     Re:  Northfield Federal Savings
          401(k) Employees Savings & Investment Plan
          Registration Statement on Form S-8
          ----------------------------------

Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special counsel to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of the
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, relating to participation interests in the Northfield Federal Savings
401(k) Employees Savings & Investment Plan (the "Plan") and the sale to Plan
participants of 50,000 shares of common stock, $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock") of the Company, all as more fully described in the Registration
Statement.  You have requested the opinion of this firm with respect to certain
legal aspects of the proposed offering.

     We have examined such documents, records and matters of law as we have
deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion and based thereon, we are of the
opinion that the Common Stock when issued pursuant to and in accordance with the
terms of the Plan will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement on Form S-8 and to references to our firm included under
the caption "Legal Opinion" in the Prospectus which is part of the Registration
Statement.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    Housley Kantarian & Bronstein, P.C.
 

                                    By: /s/ J. Mark Poerio, Esquire
                                        -------------------------------------
                                           J. Mark Poerio, Esquire

<PAGE>
 
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE            DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
DISTRICT DIRECTOR
31 HOPKINS PLAZA
BALTIMORE, MD 21201-0000
                                    Employer Identification Number:
Date: May 9, 1991                            52-0228804
                                    File Folder Number:
NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS INC               5210004128
C/O JAMES W. CARSCADDON             Person to Contact:
SIGNET TRUST COMPANY                         ANN L. HETRICK
P.O.  BOX 26311                     Contact Telephone Number:
RICHMOND, VA 23260-6311                      (301) 962-9615
                                    Plan Name:
                                      NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS INC 401K
                                      EMPLOYEE SAVINGS & INVESTMENT PLAN
                                    Plan Number: 001

Dear Applicant:

     We have made a favorable determination on your plan, identified above,
based on the information supplied.  Please keep this letter in your permanent
records.

     Continued qualification of the plan under its present form will depend on
its effect in operation.  (See section 1.401-1(b)(3) of the Income Tax
Regulations.)  We will review the status of the plan in operation periodically.

     The enclosed document explains the significance of this favorable
determination letter, points out some features that may affect the qualified
status of your employee retirement plan, and provides information on the
reporting requirements for your plan.  It also describes some events that
automatically nullify it.  It is very important that you read the publication.

     This letter relates only to the status of your plan under the Internal
Revenue Code.  It is not a determination regarding the effect of other federal
or local statutes.

     This determination letter is applicable for the amendment(s) adopted on
February 6, 1991.

     We have sent a copy of this letter to your representative as indicated in
the power of attorney.

     If you have questions concerning this matter, please contact the person
whose name and telephone number are shown above.

                              Sincerely yours,

                              /s/ H.J. Hightower

                              District Director

Enclosures:
Publication 794
PHBA 515

                                    Letter 835(00/00)
<PAGE>
 
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE                              DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
DISTRICT DIRECTOR
31 HOPKINS PLAZA
BALTIMORE, MD 21201-0000
                                   Employer Identification Number:
Date: APR 19, 1993                       52-1053785
                                    File Folder Number:
COASTAL PENSION SERVICES INC             521000506
111 NORTH CHARLES STREET SUITE 400  Person to Contact:
BALTIMORE, MD  21201                     EP/EO CUSTOMER SERVICE UNIT
                                    Contact Telephone Number:
                                         (410)  962-6058
                                    Plan Name:
                                     NONSTANDARDIZED 401K
 
                                    Plan Number: 005

                                    Basic Plan Document Number:
                                         01

                                    Letter Serial Number:
                                         D8525076

Dear Applicant:

     This amendment to the form of the plan identified above is acceptable under
section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.  This letter relates only
to the amendment to the form of the plan.  It is not a determination of any
other amendment or of the form of the plan as a whole, or on the effect of other
federal or local statutes.

     You must furnish a copy of this letter and the enclosed publication to each
employer who adopts this plan.  You must also send a copy of this letter, a copy
of the approved form of the plan, and any approved amendments and related
documents to each key District Director of the Internal Revenue Service in whose
jurisdiction there are adopting employers.

     The acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or determination
as to whether an employer's plan qualifies under Code section 401(a).  To adopt
the form of the plan, the employer should apply for a determination letter by
filing an application with the key District Director of the Internal Revenue
Service on Form 5307, Application for Determination for Adopters of Master or
Prototype, Regional Prototype or Volume Submitter Plans.

     For purposes of sections 15.02 and 15.03 of Rev. Proc. 89-13, 1989-1 C.B.
801, your application was received before March 31, 1991.

     Please advise those adopting the plan to contact you if they have any
questions about the operation of the plan.

     We have sent a copy of this letter to your representative as indicated in
your Power of Attorney.



                                         Letter 2026________
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-


COASTAL PENSION SERVICES INC



     If you have any questions on our processing of this case, please call the
above telephone number.  If you write, please provide your telephone number and
the most convenient time for us to call in case we need more information.
Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial Number and File
Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter.

     You should keep this letter as a permanent record.

                                    Sincerely yours,



                                    District Director

Enclosure(s)
Publication 1488

<PAGE>
 
                    [LETTERHEAD OF ANDERSON ASSOCIATES LLP]



                              September 28, 1998



Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
1844 E. Joppa Road
Baltimore, Maryland 21234

     Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-8
          ----------------------------------
          Northfield Federal Savings
          401(k) Employees Savings & Investment Plan
 
Gentlemen:

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement
on Form S-8 of our report dated February 12, 1998  on our audits of the
financial statements of Northfield Federal Savings as of December 31, 1997 and
1996, and for the years then ended, which report was included in the Prospectus
for the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and incorporated by reference
therein.  We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption
"Experts".



                         /s/ ANDERSON ASSOCIATES, LLP

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                                                                              <C>

       Form 5500-C/R                                Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan                   OMB Nos. 1210-0016
   Department of the Treasury                           (With fewer than 100 participants)                            1210-0089
    Internal Revenue Service        This form is required to be filed under sections 104 and 4065 of the Employee
         ----------                     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and sections 6039D, 6047(e),   -------------------
     Department of Labor                           6057(b), and 6058(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.                1997
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration                    See separate instructions.                     -------------------
         ----------                                                                                            This Form is Open
 Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation                                                                         to Public Inspection. 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the calendar plan year 1997 or fiscal plan year beginning                      , 1997, and ending                      ,19__
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    If A(1) through A(4), B, C, and/or D do not apply to this year's return/report       For IRS Use Only
    leave the boxes unmarked.                                                            EP-ID 
    You must check either box A(5) or A(6), whichever is applicable. See instructions.   -------------------------------------------
A   This return/report is:                                                               (5) Form 5500-C filer check here. . . . [ ]
    (1) [_] the first return/report filed for the plan;                                      (Complete only pages 1 and 3 through 6)
    (2) [_] an amended return/report                                                         (Code section 6039D filers see
    (3) [_] the final return/report filed for the plan; or                                   instructions on page 5.)
    (4) [_] a short plan year return/report (less than 12 months).                       (6) Form 5500-R filer check here. . . . [X]
                                                                                             (Complete only pages 1 and 2. Detach
                                                                                             pages 3 through 6 before filing.) If
                                                                                             you checked box (1) or (3), you must
                                                                                             file a Form 5500-C. (See page 6 of the
                                                                                             instructions.)
IF ANY INFORMATION ON A PREPRINTED PAGE 1 IS INCORRECT, CORRECT IT. IF ANY INFORMATION IS MISSING, ADD IT. PLEASE USE RED INK WHEN 
MAKING THESE CHANGES AND INCLUDE THE PREPRINTED PAGE 1 WITH YOUR COMPLETED RETURN/REPORT.

B   Check here if any information reported in 1a, 2a, 2b, or 5a changed since the last return/report for this plan . . . .  . [_]
C   If your plan year changed since the last return/report, check here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [_]
D   If you filed for an extension of time to file this return/report, check here and attach a copy of the approved extension. [_]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1a  Name and address of plan sponsor (employer, if for a single-employer plan)               1b Employer identification number (EIN)
    (Address should include room or suite no.)                                                  52  0228804
                                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                             1c Sponsor's telephone number
    NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION, INC                                          410-665-7900
    1844 E. JOPPA RD                                                                         ---------------------------------------
    BALTIMORE, MD 21234-2735                                                                 1d Business code (see instructions,
                                                                                                page 17)
                                                                                                6090
                                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                             1e CUSIP issuer number
                                                                                                N/A
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2a  Name and address of administrator (if same as plan sponsor, enter "Same")                2b Administrator's EIN

              SAME                                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                                             2c Administrator's telephone number

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3   If you are filing this page without the preprinted historical plan information and the name, address, and EIN of the plan
    sponsor or plan administrator has changed since the last return/report filed for this plan, enter the information from the last
    return/report on lines 3a and/or 3b and complete line 3c.
a   Sponsor ________________________________________________ EIN _________________ Plan number ______________
b   Administrator __________________________________________ EIN ____________________________________________
c   If line 3a indicates a change in the sponsor's name, address, and EIN, is this a change in sponsorship only? (See line 3c on
    page 8 of the instructions for the definition of sponsorship.) Enter "Yes" or "No."
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4   ENTITY CODE. (If not shown, enter the applicable code from page 8 of the instructions.)     A
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5a  Name of plan NORTHFIELD FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION, INC. EMPLOYEE SAVINGS        5b Effective date of plan
          PLAN                                                                                  (mo., day, yr.)
                                                                                                   01/01/87
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     ---------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                                                                              <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------         5c Three-digit
    All filers must complete 6a through 6d, as applicable.                                   plan number  001
6a  [_] Welfare benefit plan          6b [X] Pension benefit plan                         ------------------------------------------
    (If the correct codes are not preprinted below, enter the applicable codes from          [2] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_]
    page 9 of the instructions in the boxes.)                                                [_] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_]

6c  Pension plan features. (If the correct codes are not preprinted below, enter the applicable
    pension plan feature codes from page 9 of the instructions in the boxes.)                [G] [K] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_] [_]

6d  [_] Fringe benefit plan. Attach Schedule F (Form 5500). See instructions.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Caution: A penalty for the late or incomplete filing of this return/report will be assessed unless reasonable cause is established.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under penalties of perjury and other penalties set forth in the instructions, I declare that I have examined this return/report,
including accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.

Signature of employer/plan sponsor                                                                Date
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------      -----------------------------
Type or print name of individual signing for employer/plan sponsor
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of plan administrator_________________________________________________________________ Date ______________________________
Type or print name of individual signing for plan administrator
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Paperwork Reduction Act Notice, see page 1 of the instructions.                          MGA                Form 5500-C/R (1995)
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                                                                              <C>
Form 5500-C/R (1996)         Form 5500-R filers, complete pages 1 and 2 only.     Form 5500-C filers, complete page 1,        Page 2
                             skip page 2, and complete pages 3 through 6.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6e Check investment arrangement(s):(1)    [_] Master trust   (2) [_] Common/collective trust    (3) [_] Pooled separate account
                                                                                                                     Yes    No
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7a Total participants: (1) At the beginning of plan year   10                   (2) At the end of plan year    10
                                                        -----------------------                            ------------ 
b  Enter number of participants with account balances at the end of the plan year. (Defined benefits plans do not
  complete this item.)                10
                       -------------------------------
c (1) Were any participants in the pension benefit plan separated from service with a deferred vested
      benefit for which a Schedule SSA (Form 5500) is required to be attached?.(See instructions).......7c(1)              [X]
  (2) If "Yes," enter the number of separated participants required to be reported
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8a Was this plan terminated during this plan year or any prior plan year? If "Yes," enter the year.......8a                [X]

b Were all the plan assets either distributed to participants or beneficiaries, transferred to another plan,
  or brought under the control of the PBGC?..............................................................8b                [X]
c If line 8a is "Yes" and the plan is covered by PBGC, is the plan continuing to file PBGC Form 1 and pay
  premiums until the end of the plan year in which assets are distributed or brought under the control
  of PBGC? ..............................................................................................8c
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 Is this a plan established or maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements?.....9                 [X]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10  If any benefits are provided by an insurance company, insurance service, or similar organization, enter
    the number of Schedules A (Form 5500), Insurance Information, that are attached.  If none, enter -0-.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11a (1) Were any plan amendments adopted during this plan year?..........................................11a(1)      [X]
    (2) Enter the date the most recent amendment was adopted    Month.10.....Day.8.......Year.97.........
  b If line 11a is "Yes," did any amendment result in a retroactive reduction of accrued benefits for any
    participant?.........................................................................................11b               [X]
  c If line 11a is "Yes," did any amendment change the information contained in the latest summary plan
    description or summary description of modifications available at the time of amendment?..............11c         [X]
  d If line 11c is "Yes," has a summary plan description or summary description of modifications that reflects
    the plan amendments referred to on line 11c been both furnished to participants and filed with the
    Department of Labor?.................................................................................11d         [X]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12a If this is a pension benefit plan subject to the minimum funding standards, has the plan experienced a
    funding deficiency for this plan year? (See instructions.)...........................................12a
  b If line 12a is "Yes," have you filed Form 5330 to pay the excise tax?................................12b
  c Is the plan administrator making an election under section 412(c)(8) for an amendment adopted after the
    end of the plan year?  (See instructions.)...........................................................12c               [X]
  d If a change in the actuarial funding method was made for the plan year pursuant to a Revenue Procedure
    providing automatic approval for the charge, indicate whether the plan sponsor/administrator agrees to
    the change...........................................................................................12d
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13a Total plan assets as of the beginning ....330,041......... and end ......432,166........ of the plan year
  b Total liabilities as of the beginning ..........0......... and end ............0........ of the plan year
  c Net assets as of the beginning            330,041          and end       432,166         of the plan year
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 For this plan year, enter: a Plan income ..102,125..                     d Plan contributions ..49,835....
                              b Expenses ...........0..                     e Total benefits paid ......0...
                              c Net income (loss) (subtract 14b from 14a)...102,125........
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15  You may NOT use N/A in response to lines 15a through 15o.  If you check "Yes," you must enter
    a dollar amount in the amount column.  During this plan year:                                                 Yes   No    Amount
  a Was this plan covered by a fidelity bond?.....................................................15a             [X]         70,500
  b If line 15a is "Yes," enter the name of the surety company ..Ohio.Casualty.......................
  c Was there any loss to the plan, whether or not reimbursed, caused by fraud or dishonesty?.....15c                   [X]
  d Was there any sale, exchange, or lease of any property between the plan and the employer, any
    fiduciary, any of the five most highly paid employees of the employer, any owner of a 10% or
    more interest in the employer, or relatives of any such persons?..............................15d                   [X]
  e Was there any loan or extension of credit by the plan to the employer, any fiduciary, any of
    the five most highly paid employees of the employer, any owner of a 10% or more interest in
    the employer, or relatives of any such persons?...............................................15e                   [X]
  f Did the plan acquire or hold any employer security or employer real property?.................15f                   [X]
  g Has the plan granted an extension on any delinquent loan owed to the plan?....................15g                   [X]
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                                                                              <C>
  h Were any participant contributions transmitted to the plan more than 31 days after receipt or                  Yes   No   Amount
    withholding by the employer?..................................................................15h                   [X]
  i Were any loans by the plan or fixed income obligations due the plan classified as
    uncollectible or in default as of the close of the plan year?.................................15i                   [X]
  j Has any plan fiduciary had a financial interest in excess of 10% in any party providing
    services to the plan or received anything of value from any such party?.......................15j                   [X]
  k Did the plan at any time hold 20% or more of its assets in any single security, debt,
    mortgage, parcel of real estate, or partnership/joint venture interests?......................15k                   [X]
  l Did the plan at any time engage in any transaction or series of related transactions involving
    20% or more of the current value of plan assets?..............................................15l                   [X]
  m Were there any noncash contributions made to the plan the value of which was set without an
    appraisal by an independent third party?......................................................15m                   [X]
  n Were there any purchases of nonpublicly traded securities by the plan the value of which was
    Set without an appraisal by an independent third party?.......................................15n                   [X]
  o Has the plan reduced or failed to provide any benefit when due under the plan because of
    insufficient assets?..........................................................................15o                   [X]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16a Is the plan covered under the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation termination insurance program?
                                                                                       ....... Yes ....... No ...X... Not determined
  b If line 16a is "Yes," or "Not determined," enter the employer identification number and the plan number
    used to identify it 
    Employer identification number................N/A................... Plan number.......N/A.............
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
<S>                                                                                                                              <C>
SCHEDULE P                                         Annual Return of Fiduciary                                  OMB No. 1210-0016
(Form 5500)                                        of Employee Benefit Trust                                         1997
                                                                                                             This Form is Open to
Department of the Treasury             File as an attachment to Form 5500, 5500-C/R, or 5500-EZ.             Public Inspection.
Internal Revenue Service     For the Paperwork Reduction Notice, see page 1 of the Form 5500 Instructions.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
For trust calendar year 1997 or fiscal plan year beginning   , 1997, and ending                                             , 19___.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1a Name of trustee or custodian
       G. Ronald Jobson
       David G. Rittenhouse
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 b Number, street, and room or suite no. (If a P.O. box, see the instructions for Form 5500, 5500-C/R, or 5500-EZ.)
       1844 E. Joppa Road
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 c City or town, state, and ZIP code
       Baltimore, MD 21236
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2a Name of trust                 Northfield Federal Savings & Loan Association, Inc.        b Trust's employer identification number
                                 Employees Savings Plan                                            52     2050493
                                                                                                 ------   --------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3  Name of plan if different from name of trust
       Same
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4  Have you furnished the participating employee benefit plan(s) with the trust financial
   information required to be reported by the plan(s)?......................................    [X] Yes         [ ] No
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5  Enter the Plan sponsor's employer identification number as shown on Form 5500, 5500-C/R,
   or 5500-EZ...............................................................................            52 | 0228804
                                                                                            ----------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this schedule, and to the best of my knowledge and belief it 
is true, correct, and complete.

Signature of fiduciary                                                      Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

Instructions

Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code.

Purpose of Form

You may use this schedule to satisfy the requirements under section 6033(a) for
an annual information return from every section 401(a) organization exempt from
tax under section 501(a).

  Filing this form will start the running of the statute of limitations under
section 6501(a) for any trust described in section 401(a), which is exempt from
tax under section 501(a).

Who May File

1. Every trustee of a trust created as part of an employee benefit plan as
described in section 401(a).
2. Every custodian of a custodial account described in section 401(f).

How To File

File Schedule P (Form 5500) for the trust year ending with or within any
participating plan's plan year. Attach it to the Form 5500, 5500-C/R, or 5500-EZ
filed by the plan for that plan year. A separately filed Schedule P (Form 5500)
will not be accepted.

  If the trust or custodial account is used by more than one plan, file one
Schedule P (Form 5500).  If a plan uses more than one trust or custodial account
for its funds, file one Schedule P (Form 5500) for each trust or custodial
account.

Trust's Employer Identification Number

Enter the trust employer identification number (EIN) assigned to the employee
benefit trust or custodial account, if one has been issued to you.  The trust
EIN should be used for transactions conducted for the trust. If you do not have
a trust EIN, enter the EIN you would use on Form 1099-R to report distributions
from employee benefit plans and on Form 945 to report withheld amounts of income
tax from those payments.

Note: Trustees who do not have an EIN may apply for one on Form SS-4,
Application for Employer Identification Number. You must be consistent and use
the same EIN for all trust reporting purposes.

Signature

The fiduciary (trustee or custodian) must sign this schedule.  If there is more
than one fiduciary, the fiduciary authorized by the others may sign.

Other Returns and Forms That May Be Required

 . Form 990-T - For trusts described in section 401(a), a tax is imposed on
income derived from business that is 

<PAGE>
 
unrelated to the purpose for which the trust received a tax exemption. Report
this income and tax on Form 990-T, Exempt Organization Business Income Tax
Return. (See sections 511 through 514 and the related regulations.)

 . Form 1099-R - If you made payments or distributions to individual
beneficiaries of a plan, report those payments on Form 1099-R. (See the
instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.)

 . Form 945 - If you made payments or distributions to individual beneficiaries
of a plan, you may be required to withhold income tax from those payments. Use
Form 945, Annual Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax, to report taxes withheld
from nonpayroll items. (See Circular E, Employer's Tax Guide (Pub. 15), for more
information.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Cat. No. 13504X      Schedule P (Form 5500) 1997


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission